Merge branch 'master' of /home/davem/src/GIT/linux-2.6/

102 files changed, 3511 insertions, 1830 deletions

diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index deb6b489e4e5..a07c0f366f91 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -21,25 +21,27 @@ Contact:	Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
 Description:
 		Each USB device directory will contain a file named
 		power/level.  This file holds a power-level setting for
-		the device, one of "on", "auto", or "suspend".
+		the device, either "on" or "auto".
 
 		"on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend,
 		although normal suspends for system sleep will still
 		be honored.  "auto" means the device will autosuspend
 		and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the
-		capabilities of its driver.  "suspend" means the device
-		is forced into a suspended state and it will not autoresume
-		in response to I/O requests.  However remote-wakeup requests
-		from the device may still be enabled (the remote-wakeup
-		setting is controlled separately by the power/wakeup
-		attribute).
+		capabilities of its driver.
 
 		During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto"
-		level.  The other levels are meant for administrative uses.
+		level.  The "on" level is meant for administrative uses.
 		If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it
 		free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should
 		write "0" to power/autosuspend.
 
+		Device not capable of proper suspend and resume should be
+		left in the "on" level.  Although the USB spec requires
+		devices to support suspend/resume, many of them do not.
+		In fact so many don't that by default, the USB core
+		initializes all non-hub devices in the "on" level.  Some
+		drivers may change this setting when they are bound.
+
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist
 Date:		May 2007
 KernelVersion:	2.6.23
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
index 9fe91c02ee40..bf1627b02a03 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -60,6 +60,19 @@ Description:
 Users:		hotplug memory remove tools
 		https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
 
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY
+Date:		October 2009
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that
+		points to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+		For example, the following symbolic link is created for
+		memory section 9 on node0:
+		/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
+
+
 What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY
 Date:		September 2008
 Contact:	Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com>
@@ -70,4 +83,3 @@ Description:
 		memory section directory.  For example, the following symbolic
 		link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
 		/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
-
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 974e29f5da86..84a710f87c64 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -62,6 +62,35 @@ Description:	CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to
 		See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
 
 
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/probe
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/release
+Date:		November 2009
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's.  This is not hotplug
+		removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU
+		from the system.
+
+		probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the
+		system.  Information written to the file to add CPU's is
+		architecture specific.
+
+		release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from
+		the system.  Information writtento the file to remove CPU's
+		is architecture specific.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
+Date:		October 2009
+Contact:	Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:	Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
+
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
+		to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+		For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
+		in NUMA node 2:
+
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
+
 
 What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
 Date:		October 2009
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
index 6dcf75e594fb..8b093f8222d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
@@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The alloc_fastpath file is read-only and specifies how many
-		objects have been allocated using the fast path.
+		The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been
+		allocated using the fast path.  It can be written to clear the
+		current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial
@@ -55,9 +56,10 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The alloc_from_partial file is read-only and specifies how
-		many times a cpu slab has been full and it has been refilled
-		by using a slab from the list of partially used slabs.
+		The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has
+		been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list
+		of partially used slabs.  It can be written to clear the current
+		count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill
@@ -66,9 +68,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The alloc_refill file is read-only and specifies how many
-		times the per-cpu freelist was empty but there were objects
-		available as the result of remote cpu frees.
+		The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist
+		was empty but there were objects available as the result of
+		remote cpu frees.  It can be written to clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab
@@ -77,8 +79,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The alloc_slab file is read-only and specifies how many times
-		a new slab had to be allocated from the page allocator.
+		The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to
+		be allocated from the page allocator.  It can be written to
+		clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath
@@ -87,9 +90,10 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The alloc_slowpath file is read-only and specifies how many
-		objects have been allocated using the slow path because of a
-		refill or allocation from a partial or new slab.
+		The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been
+		allocated using the slow path because of a refill or
+		allocation from a partial or new slab.  It can be written to
+		clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma
@@ -117,10 +121,11 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.31
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The file cpuslab_flush is read-only and specifies how many
-		times a cache's cpu slabs have been flushed as the result of
-		destroying or shrinking a cache, a cpu going offline, or as
-		the result of forcing an allocation from a certain node.
+		The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs
+		have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a
+		cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an
+		allocation from a certain node.  It can be written to clear the
+		current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor
@@ -139,8 +144,8 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The file deactivate_empty is read-only and specifies how many
-		times an empty cpu slab was deactivated.
+		The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab
+		was deactivated.  It can be written to clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full
@@ -149,8 +154,8 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The file deactivate_full is read-only and specifies how many
-		times a full cpu slab was deactivated.
+		The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab
+		was deactivated.  It can be written to clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees
@@ -159,9 +164,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The file deactivate_remote_frees is read-only and specifies how
-		many times a cpu slab has been deactivated and contained free
-		objects that were freed remotely.
+		The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab
+		has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed
+		remotely.  It can be written to clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head
@@ -170,9 +175,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The file deactivate_to_head is read-only and specifies how
-		many times a partial cpu slab was deactivated and added to the
-		head of its node's partial list.
+		The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu
+		slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial
+		list.  It can be written to clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail
@@ -181,9 +186,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The file deactivate_to_tail is read-only and specifies how
-		many times a partial cpu slab was deactivated and added to the
-		tail of its node's partial list.
+		The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu
+		slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial
+		list.  It can be written to clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu
@@ -201,9 +206,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The file free_add_partial is read-only and specifies how many
-		times an object has been freed in a full slab so that it had to
-		added to its node's partial list.
+		The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has
+		been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's
+		partial list.  It can be written to clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls
@@ -222,9 +227,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The free_fastpath file is read-only and specifies how many
-		objects have been freed using the fast path because it was an
-		object from the cpu slab.
+		The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed
+		using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab.
+		It can be written to clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen
@@ -233,9 +238,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The free_frozen file is read-only and specifies how many
-		objects have been freed to a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu
-		slab).
+		The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to
+		a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab).  It can be written to
+		clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial
@@ -244,9 +249,10 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The file free_remove_partial is read-only and specifies how
-		many times an object has been freed to a now-empty slab so
-		that it had to be removed from its node's partial list.
+		The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has
+		been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from
+		its node's partial list.  It can be written to clear the current
+		count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab
@@ -255,8 +261,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The free_slab file is read-only and specifies how many times an
-		empty slab has been freed back to the page allocator.
+		The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been
+		freed back to the page allocator.  It can be written to clear
+		the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath
@@ -265,9 +272,9 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.25
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The free_slowpath file is read-only and specifies how many
-		objects have been freed using the slow path (i.e. to a full or
-		partial slab).
+		The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed
+		using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab).  It can
+		be written to clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align
@@ -346,10 +353,10 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.26
 Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
 		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
 Description:
-		The file order_fallback is read-only and specifies how many
-		times an allocation of a new slab has not been possible at the
-		cache's order and instead fallen back to its minimum possible
-		order.
+		The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a
+		new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead
+		fallen back to its minimum possible order.  It can be written to
+		clear the current count.
 		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e14703f12fdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page
+Date:		Sep 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.33
+Contact:	andi@firstfloor.org
+Description:
+		Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address
+		written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the
+		physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt
+		to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or
+		dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed
+		on the bad page list and never be reused.
+
+		The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
+		Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
+		this might change.
+
+		The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The
+		kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather
+		fail the offline.  Return value is the size of the
+		number, or a error when the offlining failed.  Reading
+		the file is not allowed.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page
+Date:		Sep 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.33
+Contact:	andi@firstfloor.org
+Description:
+		Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical
+		address written into this file. Input is a hex number
+		specifying the physical address of the page. The
+		kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by
+		trying to drop the page or killing any owner or
+		triggering IO errors if needed.  Note this may kill
+		any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid
+		to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the
+		hardware.
+
+		The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
+		Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
+		this might change.
+
+		Return value is the size of the number, or a error when
+		the offlining failed.
+		Reading the file is not allowed.
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
index ab8300f67182..325cfd1d6d99 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml mcabook.xml device-drivers.xml \
 	    kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \
-	    procfs-guide.xml writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \
+	    writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \
 	    kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \
 	    gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \
 	    genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ PS_METHOD	= $(prefer-db2x)
 
 ###
 # The targets that may be used.
-PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs media
+PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs xmldoclinks
 
 BOOKS := $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(DOCBOOKS))
-xmldocs: $(BOOKS)
+xmldocs: $(BOOKS) xmldoclinks
 sgmldocs: xmldocs
 
 PS := $(patsubst %.xml, %.ps, $(BOOKS))
@@ -45,15 +45,24 @@ PDF := $(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(BOOKS))
 pdfdocs: $(PDF)
 
 HTML := $(sort $(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(BOOKS)))
-htmldocs: media $(HTML)
+htmldocs: $(HTML)
 	$(call build_main_index)
+	$(call build_images)
 
 MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS))
 mandocs: $(MAN)
 
-media:
-	mkdir -p $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
-	cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
+build_images = mkdir -p $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/ && \
+	       cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
+
+xmldoclinks:
+ifneq ($(objtree),$(srctree))
+	for dep in dvb media-entities.tmpl media-indices.tmpl v4l; do \
+		rm -f $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/$$dep \
+		&& ln -s $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/$$dep $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/ \
+		|| exit; \
+	done
+endif
 
 installmandocs: mandocs
 	mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/
@@ -65,7 +74,7 @@ KERNELDOC = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc
 DOCPROC   = $(objtree)/scripts/basic/docproc
 
 XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
-#XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation
+XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation
 
 ###
 # DOCPROC is used for two purposes:
@@ -101,17 +110,6 @@ endif
 # Changes in kernel-doc force a rebuild of all documentation
 $(BOOKS): $(KERNELDOC)
 
-###
-# procfs guide uses a .c file as example code.
-# This requires an explicit dependency
-C-procfs-example = procfs_example.xml
-C-procfs-example2 = $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(C-procfs-example))
-$(obj)/procfs-guide.xml: $(C-procfs-example2)
-
-# List of programs to build
-##oops, this is a kernel module::hostprogs-y := procfs_example
-obj-m += procfs_example.o
-
 # Tell kbuild to always build the programs
 always := $(hostprogs-y)
 
@@ -238,7 +236,7 @@ clean-files := $(DOCBOOKS) \
 	$(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf,  $(DOCBOOKS)) \
 	$(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
 	$(patsubst %.xml, %.9,    $(DOCBOOKS)) \
-	$(C-procfs-example) $(index)
+	$(index)
 
 clean-dirs := $(patsubst %.xml,%,$(DOCBOOKS)) man
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
index bb5ab741220e..c725cb852c54 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-enuminput'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-enumoutput'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMSTD "<link linkend='vidioc-enumstd'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-PRESETS "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-dv-presets'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMEINTERVALS "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-frameintervals'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-framesizes'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES</constant></link>">
@@ -30,6 +31,8 @@
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-audioout'><constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-CROP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-crop'><constant>VIDIOC_G_CROP</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-CTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_G_CTRL</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-timings'><constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-ENC-INDEX "<link linkend='vidioc-g-enc-index'><constant>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-FBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fbuf'><constant>VIDIOC_G_FBUF</constant></link>">
@@ -53,6 +56,7 @@
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-queryctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYMENU "<link linkend='vidioc-queryctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYSTD "<link linkend='vidioc-querystd'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-query-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-REQBUFS "<link linkend='vidioc-reqbufs'><constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-STREAMOFF "<link linkend='vidioc-streamon'><constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-STREAMON "<link linkend='vidioc-streamon'><constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant></link>">
@@ -60,6 +64,8 @@
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-AUDOUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-audioout'><constant>VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-CROP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-crop'><constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-CTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_S_CTRL</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-timings'><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-FBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fbuf'><constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant></link>">
 <!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant></link>">
@@ -118,6 +124,7 @@
 <!-- Structures -->
 <!ENTITY v4l2-audio "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-audio'>v4l2_audio</link>">
 <!ENTITY v4l2-audioout "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-audioout'>v4l2_audioout</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-bt-timings "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-bt-timings'>v4l2_bt_timings</link>">
 <!ENTITY v4l2-buffer "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-buffer'>v4l2_buffer</link>">
 <!ENTITY v4l2-capability "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-capability'>v4l2_capability</link>">
 <!ENTITY v4l2-captureparm "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-captureparm'>v4l2_captureparm</link>">
@@ -128,6 +135,9 @@
 <!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-chip-ident "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dbg-chip-ident'>v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link>">
 <!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-match "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dbg-match'>v4l2_dbg_match</link>">
 <!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-register "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dbg-register'>v4l2_dbg_register</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-enum-preset "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dv-enum-preset'>v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-preset "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dv-preset'>v4l2_dv_preset</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-timings "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dv-timings'>v4l2_dv_timings</link>">
 <!ENTITY v4l2-enc-idx "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx'>v4l2_enc_idx</link>">
 <!ENTITY v4l2-enc-idx-entry "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx-entry'>v4l2_enc_idx_entry</link>">
 <!ENTITY v4l2-encoder-cmd "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-encoder-cmd'>v4l2_encoder_cmd</link>">
@@ -243,6 +253,10 @@
 <!ENTITY sub-enumaudioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml">
 <!ENTITY sub-enuminput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml">
 <!ENTITY sub-enumoutput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-enum-dv-presets SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-query-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-dv-timings SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml">
 <!ENTITY sub-enumstd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml">
 <!ENTITY sub-g-audio SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml">
 <!ENTITY sub-g-audioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml">
@@ -333,6 +347,10 @@
 <!ENTITY enumaudioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml">
 <!ENTITY enuminput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml">
 <!ENTITY enumoutput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml">
+<!ENTITY enum-dv-presets SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml">
+<!ENTITY query-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-dv-timings SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml">
 <!ENTITY enumstd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml">
 <!ENTITY g-audio SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml">
 <!ENTITY g-audioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media-indices.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media-indices.tmpl
index 9e30a236d74f..78d6031de001 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media-indices.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media-indices.tmpl
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
 <indexentry><primaryie>enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-preemphasis'>v4l2_preemphasis</link></primaryie></indexentry>
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-audio'>v4l2_audio</link></primaryie></indexentry>
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-audioout'>v4l2_audioout</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-bt-timings'>v4l2_bt_timings</link></primaryie></indexentry>
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-buffer'>v4l2_buffer</link></primaryie></indexentry>
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-capability'>v4l2_capability</link></primaryie></indexentry>
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-captureparm'>v4l2_captureparm</link></primaryie></indexentry>
@@ -46,6 +47,9 @@
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dbg-chip-ident'>v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link></primaryie></indexentry>
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dbg-match'>v4l2_dbg_match</link></primaryie></indexentry>
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dbg-register'>v4l2_dbg_register</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dv-enum-preset'>v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dv-preset'>v4l2_dv_preset</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-dv-timings'>v4l2_dv_timings</link></primaryie></indexentry>
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx'>v4l2_enc_idx</link></primaryie></indexentry>
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx-entry'>v4l2_enc_idx_entry</link></primaryie></indexentry>
 <indexentry><primaryie>struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-encoder-cmd'>v4l2_encoder_cmd</link></primaryie></indexentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
index f508a8a27fea..5e7d84b48505 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
 		</para>
 		<programlisting>
 static struct mtd_info *board_mtd;
-static unsigned long baseaddr;
+static void __iomem *baseaddr;
 		</programlisting>
 		<para>
 			Static example
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ static unsigned long baseaddr;
 		<programlisting>
 static struct mtd_info board_mtd;
 static struct nand_chip board_chip;
-static unsigned long baseaddr;
+static void __iomem *baseaddr;
 		</programlisting>
 	</sect1>
 	<sect1 id="Partition_defines">
@@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ int __init board_init (void)
 	}
 
 	/* map physical address */
-	baseaddr = (unsigned long)ioremap(CHIP_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS, 1024);
-	if(!baseaddr){
+	baseaddr = ioremap(CHIP_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS, 1024);
+	if (!baseaddr) {
 		printk("Ioremap to access NAND chip failed\n");
 		err = -EIO;
 		goto out_mtd;
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ int __init board_init (void)
 	goto out;
 
 out_ior:
-	iounmap((void *)baseaddr);
+	iounmap(baseaddr);
 out_mtd:
 	kfree (board_mtd);
 out:
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ static void __exit board_cleanup (void)
 	nand_release (board_mtd);
 
 	/* unmap physical address */
-	iounmap((void *)baseaddr);
+	iounmap(baseaddr);
 	
 	/* Free the MTD device structure */
 	kfree (board_mtd);
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/procfs-guide.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/procfs-guide.tmpl
deleted file mode 100644
index 9eba4b7af73d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/procfs-guide.tmpl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,626 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
-	"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY procfsexample SYSTEM "procfs_example.xml">
-]>
-
-<book id="LKProcfsGuide">
-  <bookinfo>
-    <title>Linux Kernel Procfs Guide</title>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-	<firstname>Erik</firstname>
-	<othername>(J.A.K.)</othername>
-	<surname>Mouw</surname>
-	<affiliation>
-	  <address>
-            <email>mouw@nl.linux.org</email>
-          </address>
-	</affiliation>
-      </author>
-      <othercredit>
-	<contrib>
-	This software and documentation were written while working on the
-	LART computing board
-	(<ulink url="http://www.lartmaker.nl/">http://www.lartmaker.nl/</ulink>),
-	which was sponsored by the Delt University of Technology projects
-	Mobile Multi-media Communications and Ubiquitous Communications.
-	</contrib>
-      </othercredit>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <revhistory>
-      <revision>
-	<revnumber>1.0</revnumber>
-	<date>May 30, 2001</date>
-	<revremark>Initial revision posted to linux-kernel</revremark>
-      </revision>
-      <revision>
-	<revnumber>1.1</revnumber>
-	<date>June 3, 2001</date>
-	<revremark>Revised after comments from linux-kernel</revremark>
-      </revision>
-    </revhistory>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2001</year>
-      <holder>Erik Mouw</holder>
-    </copyright>
-
-
-    <legalnotice>
-      <para>
-        This documentation is free software; you can redistribute it
-        and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
-        License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-        version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
-        version.
-      </para>
-      
-      <para>
-        This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be
-        useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
-        warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-        PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-      </para>
-      
-      <para>
-        You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
-        License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
-        Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
-        MA 02111-1307 USA
-      </para>
-      
-      <para>
-        For more details see the file COPYING in the source
-        distribution of Linux.
-      </para>
-    </legalnotice>
-  </bookinfo>
-
-
-
-
-  <toc>
-  </toc>
-
-
-
-
-  <preface id="Preface">
-    <title>Preface</title>
-
-    <para>
-      This guide describes the use of the procfs file system from
-      within the Linux kernel. The idea to write this guide came up on
-      the #kernelnewbies IRC channel (see <ulink
-      url="http://www.kernelnewbies.org/">http://www.kernelnewbies.org/</ulink>),
-      when Jeff Garzik explained the use of procfs and forwarded me a
-      message Alexander Viro wrote to the linux-kernel mailing list. I
-      agreed to write it up nicely, so here it is.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      I'd like to thank Jeff Garzik
-      <email>jgarzik@pobox.com</email> and Alexander Viro
-      <email>viro@parcelfarce.linux.theplanet.co.uk</email> for their input,
-      Tim Waugh <email>twaugh@redhat.com</email> for his <ulink
-      url="http://people.redhat.com/twaugh/docbook/selfdocbook/">Selfdocbook</ulink>,
-      and Marc Joosen <email>marcj@historia.et.tudelft.nl</email> for
-      proofreading.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Erik
-    </para>
-  </preface>
-
-
-
-
-  <chapter id="intro">
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>
-      The <filename class="directory">/proc</filename> file system
-      (procfs) is a special file system in the linux kernel. It's a
-      virtual file system: it is not associated with a block device
-      but exists only in memory. The files in the procfs are there to
-      allow userland programs access to certain information from the
-      kernel (like process information in <filename
-      class="directory">/proc/[0-9]+/</filename>), but also for debug
-      purposes (like <filename>/proc/ksyms</filename>).
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      This guide describes the use of the procfs file system from
-      within the Linux kernel. It starts by introducing all relevant
-      functions to manage the files within the file system. After that
-      it shows how to communicate with userland, and some tips and
-      tricks will be pointed out. Finally a complete example will be
-      shown.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Note that the files in <filename
-      class="directory">/proc/sys</filename> are sysctl files: they
-      don't belong to procfs and are governed by a completely
-      different API described in the Kernel API book.
-    </para>
-  </chapter>
-
-
-
-
-  <chapter id="managing">
-    <title>Managing procfs entries</title>
-    
-    <para>
-      This chapter describes the functions that various kernel
-      components use to populate the procfs with files, symlinks,
-      device nodes, and directories.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      A minor note before we start: if you want to use any of the
-      procfs functions, be sure to include the correct header file! 
-      This should be one of the first lines in your code:
-    </para>
-
-    <programlisting>
-#include &lt;linux/proc_fs.h&gt;
-    </programlisting>
-
-
-
-
-    <sect1 id="regularfile">
-      <title>Creating a regular file</title>
-      
-      <funcsynopsis>
-	<funcprototype>
-	  <funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <function>create_proc_entry</function></funcdef>
-	  <paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>mode_t <parameter>mode</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
-	</funcprototype>
-      </funcsynopsis>
-
-      <para>
-        This function creates a regular file with the name
-        <parameter>name</parameter>, file mode
-        <parameter>mode</parameter> in the directory
-        <parameter>parent</parameter>. To create a file in the root of
-        the procfs, use <constant>NULL</constant> as
-        <parameter>parent</parameter> parameter. When successful, the
-        function will return a pointer to the freshly created
-        <structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname>; otherwise it
-        will return <constant>NULL</constant>. <xref
-        linkend="userland"/> describes how to do something useful with
-        regular files.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Note that it is specifically supported that you can pass a
-        path that spans multiple directories. For example
-        <function>create_proc_entry</function>(<parameter>"drivers/via0/info"</parameter>)
-        will create the <filename class="directory">via0</filename>
-        directory if necessary, with standard
-        <constant>0755</constant> permissions.
-      </para>
-
-    <para>
-      If you only want to be able to read the file, the function
-      <function>create_proc_read_entry</function> described in <xref
-      linkend="convenience"/> may be used to create and initialise
-      the procfs entry in one single call.
-    </para>
-    </sect1>
-
-
-
-
-    <sect1 id="Creating_a_symlink">
-      <title>Creating a symlink</title>
-
-      <funcsynopsis>
-	<funcprototype>
-	  <funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry*
-	  <function>proc_symlink</function></funcdef> <paramdef>const
-	  char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry*
-	  <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef> <paramdef>const
-	  char* <parameter>dest</parameter></paramdef>
-	</funcprototype>
-      </funcsynopsis>
-      
-      <para>
-        This creates a symlink in the procfs directory
-        <parameter>parent</parameter> that points from
-        <parameter>name</parameter> to
-        <parameter>dest</parameter>. This translates in userland to
-        <literal>ln -s</literal> <parameter>dest</parameter>
-        <parameter>name</parameter>.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-
-    <sect1 id="Creating_a_directory">
-      <title>Creating a directory</title>
-      
-      <funcsynopsis>
-	<funcprototype>
-	  <funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <function>proc_mkdir</function></funcdef>
-	  <paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
-	</funcprototype>
-      </funcsynopsis>
-
-      <para>
-        Create a directory <parameter>name</parameter> in the procfs
-        directory <parameter>parent</parameter>.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-
-
-
-
-    <sect1 id="Removing_an_entry">
-      <title>Removing an entry</title>
-      
-      <funcsynopsis>
-	<funcprototype>
-	  <funcdef>void <function>remove_proc_entry</function></funcdef>
-	  <paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
-	</funcprototype>
-      </funcsynopsis>
-
-      <para>
-        Removes the entry <parameter>name</parameter> in the directory
-        <parameter>parent</parameter> from the procfs. Entries are
-        removed by their <emphasis>name</emphasis>, not by the
-        <structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname> returned by the
-        various create functions. Note that this function doesn't
-        recursively remove entries.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Be sure to free the <structfield>data</structfield> entry from
-        the <structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname> before
-        <function>remove_proc_entry</function> is called (that is: if
-        there was some <structfield>data</structfield> allocated, of
-        course). See <xref linkend="usingdata"/> for more information
-        on using the <structfield>data</structfield> entry.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-  </chapter>
-
-
-
-
-  <chapter id="userland">
-    <title>Communicating with userland</title>
-    
-    <para>
-       Instead of reading (or writing) information directly from
-       kernel memory, procfs works with <emphasis>call back
-       functions</emphasis> for files: functions that are called when
-       a specific file is being read or written. Such functions have
-       to be initialised after the procfs file is created by setting
-       the <structfield>read_proc</structfield> and/or
-       <structfield>write_proc</structfield> fields in the
-       <structname>struct proc_dir_entry*</structname> that the
-       function <function>create_proc_entry</function> returned:
-    </para>
-
-    <programlisting>
-struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
-
-entry->read_proc = read_proc_foo;
-entry->write_proc = write_proc_foo;
-    </programlisting>
-
-    <para>
-      If you only want to use a the
-      <structfield>read_proc</structfield>, the function
-      <function>create_proc_read_entry</function> described in <xref
-      linkend="convenience"/> may be used to create and initialise the
-      procfs entry in one single call.
-    </para>
-
-
-
-    <sect1 id="Reading_data">
-      <title>Reading data</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The read function is a call back function that allows userland
-        processes to read data from the kernel. The read function
-        should have the following format:
-      </para>
-
-      <funcsynopsis>
-	<funcprototype>
-	  <funcdef>int <function>read_func</function></funcdef>
-	  <paramdef>char* <parameter>buffer</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>char** <parameter>start</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>off_t <parameter>off</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>int <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>int* <parameter>peof</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>void* <parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>
-	</funcprototype>
-      </funcsynopsis>
-
-      <para>
-        The read function should write its information into the
-        <parameter>buffer</parameter>, which will be exactly
-        <literal>PAGE_SIZE</literal> bytes long.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The parameter
-        <parameter>peof</parameter> should be used to signal that the
-        end of the file has been reached by writing
-        <literal>1</literal> to the memory location
-        <parameter>peof</parameter> points to.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The <parameter>data</parameter>
-        parameter can be used to create a single call back function for
-        several files, see <xref linkend="usingdata"/>.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        The rest of the parameters and the return value are described
-	by a comment in <filename>fs/proc/generic.c</filename> as follows:
-      </para>
-
-      <blockquote>
-        <para>
-	You have three ways to return data:
-       	</para>
-        <orderedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-	      Leave <literal>*start = NULL</literal>.  (This is the default.)
-	      Put the data of the requested offset at that
-	      offset within the buffer.  Return the number (<literal>n</literal>)
-	      of bytes there are from the beginning of the
-	      buffer up to the last byte of data.  If the
-	      number of supplied bytes (<literal>= n - offset</literal>) is
-	      greater than zero and you didn't signal eof
-	      and the reader is prepared to take more data
-	      you will be called again with the requested
-	      offset advanced by the number of bytes
-	      absorbed.  This interface is useful for files
-	      no larger than the buffer.
-	    </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-            <para>
-	      Set <literal>*start</literal> to an unsigned long value less than
-	      the buffer address but greater than zero.
-	      Put the data of the requested offset at the
-	      beginning of the buffer.  Return the number of
-	      bytes of data placed there.  If this number is
-	      greater than zero and you didn't signal eof
-	      and the reader is prepared to take more data
-	      you will be called again with the requested
-	      offset advanced by <literal>*start</literal>.  This interface is
-	      useful when you have a large file consisting
-	      of a series of blocks which you want to count
-	      and return as wholes.
-	      (Hack by Paul.Russell@rustcorp.com.au)
-	    </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-            <para>
-	      Set <literal>*start</literal> to an address within the buffer.
-	      Put the data of the requested offset at <literal>*start</literal>.
-	      Return the number of bytes of data placed there.
-	      If this number is greater than zero and you
-	      didn't signal eof and the reader is prepared to
-	      take more data you will be called again with the
-	      requested offset advanced by the number of bytes
-	      absorbed.
-	    </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</orderedlist>
-      </blockquote>
-
-      <para>
-        <xref linkend="example"/> shows how to use a read call back
-        function.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-
-
-
-
-    <sect1 id="Writing_data">
-      <title>Writing data</title>
-
-      <para>
-        The write call back function allows a userland process to write
-        data to the kernel, so it has some kind of control over the
-        kernel. The write function should have the following format:
-      </para>
-
-      <funcsynopsis>
-	<funcprototype>
-	  <funcdef>int <function>write_func</function></funcdef>
-	  <paramdef>struct file* <parameter>file</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>const char* <parameter>buffer</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>unsigned long <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>void* <parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>
-	</funcprototype>
-      </funcsynopsis>
-
-      <para>
-        The write function should read <parameter>count</parameter>
-        bytes at maximum from the <parameter>buffer</parameter>. Note
-        that the <parameter>buffer</parameter> doesn't live in the
-        kernel's memory space, so it should first be copied to kernel
-        space with <function>copy_from_user</function>. The
-        <parameter>file</parameter> parameter is usually
-        ignored. <xref linkend="usingdata"/> shows how to use the
-        <parameter>data</parameter> parameter.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Again, <xref linkend="example"/> shows how to use this call back
-        function.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-
-
-
-
-    <sect1 id="usingdata">
-      <title>A single call back for many files</title>
-
-      <para>
-         When a large number of almost identical files is used, it's
-         quite inconvenient to use a separate call back function for
-         each file. A better approach is to have a single call back
-         function that distinguishes between the files by using the
-         <structfield>data</structfield> field in <structname>struct
-         proc_dir_entry</structname>. First of all, the
-         <structfield>data</structfield> field has to be initialised:
-      </para>
-
-      <programlisting>
-struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
-struct my_file_data *file_data;
-
-file_data = kmalloc(sizeof(struct my_file_data), GFP_KERNEL);
-entry->data = file_data;
-      </programlisting>
-     
-      <para>
-          The <structfield>data</structfield> field is a <type>void
-          *</type>, so it can be initialised with anything.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Now that the <structfield>data</structfield> field is set, the
-        <function>read_proc</function> and
-        <function>write_proc</function> can use it to distinguish
-        between files because they get it passed into their
-        <parameter>data</parameter> parameter:
-      </para>
-
-      <programlisting>
-int foo_read_func(char *page, char **start, off_t off,
-                  int count, int *eof, void *data)
-{
-        int len;
-
-        if(data == file_data) {
-                /* special case for this file */
-        } else {
-                /* normal processing */
-        }
-
-        return len;
-}
-      </programlisting>
-
-      <para>
-        Be sure to free the <structfield>data</structfield> data field
-        when removing the procfs entry.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-  </chapter>
-
-
-
-
-  <chapter id="tips">
-    <title>Tips and tricks</title>
-
-
-
-
-    <sect1 id="convenience">
-      <title>Convenience functions</title>
-
-      <funcsynopsis>
-	<funcprototype>
-	  <funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <function>create_proc_read_entry</function></funcdef>
-	  <paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>mode_t <parameter>mode</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>read_proc_t* <parameter>read_proc</parameter></paramdef>
-	  <paramdef>void* <parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>
-	</funcprototype>
-      </funcsynopsis>
-      
-      <para>
-        This function creates a regular file in exactly the same way
-        as <function>create_proc_entry</function> from <xref
-        linkend="regularfile"/> does, but also allows to set the read
-        function <parameter>read_proc</parameter> in one call. This
-        function can set the <parameter>data</parameter> as well, like
-        explained in <xref linkend="usingdata"/>.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-
-
-
-    <sect1 id="Modules">
-      <title>Modules</title>
-
-      <para>
-        If procfs is being used from within a module, be sure to set
-        the <structfield>owner</structfield> field in the
-        <structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname> to
-        <constant>THIS_MODULE</constant>.
-      </para>
-
-      <programlisting>
-struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
-
-entry->owner = THIS_MODULE;
-      </programlisting>
-    </sect1>
-
-
-
-
-    <sect1 id="Mode_and_ownership">
-      <title>Mode and ownership</title>
-
-      <para>
-        Sometimes it is useful to change the mode and/or ownership of
-        a procfs entry. Here is an example that shows how to achieve
-        that:
-      </para>
-
-      <programlisting>
-struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
-
-entry->mode =  S_IWUSR |S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH;
-entry->uid = 0;
-entry->gid = 100;
-      </programlisting>
-
-    </sect1>
-  </chapter>
-
-
-
-
-  <chapter id="example">
-    <title>Example</title>
-
-    <!-- be careful with the example code: it shouldn't be wider than
-    approx. 60 columns, or otherwise it won't fit properly on a page
-    -->
-
-&procfsexample;
-
-  </chapter>
-</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/procfs_example.c b/Documentation/DocBook/procfs_example.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a5b11793b1e0..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/procfs_example.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * procfs_example.c: an example proc interface
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2001, Erik Mouw (mouw@nl.linux.org)
- *
- * This file accompanies the procfs-guide in the Linux kernel
- * source. Its main use is to demonstrate the concepts and
- * functions described in the guide.
- *
- * This software has been developed while working on the LART
- * computing board (http://www.lartmaker.nl), which was sponsored
- * by the Delt University of Technology projects Mobile Multi-media
- * Communications and Ubiquitous Communications.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute
- * it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General
- * Public License as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
- * option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
- * useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
- * warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more
- * details.
- * 
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the
- * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place,
- * Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
- *
- */
-
-#include <linux/module.h>
-#include <linux/kernel.h>
-#include <linux/init.h>
-#include <linux/proc_fs.h>
-#include <linux/jiffies.h>
-#include <asm/uaccess.h>
-
-
-#define MODULE_VERS "1.0"
-#define MODULE_NAME "procfs_example"
-
-#define FOOBAR_LEN 8
-
-struct fb_data_t {
-	char name[FOOBAR_LEN + 1];
-	char value[FOOBAR_LEN + 1];
-};
-
-
-static struct proc_dir_entry *example_dir, *foo_file,
-	*bar_file, *jiffies_file, *symlink;
-
-
-struct fb_data_t foo_data, bar_data;
-
-
-static int proc_read_jiffies(char *page, char **start,
-			     off_t off, int count,
-			     int *eof, void *data)
-{
-	int len;
-
-	len = sprintf(page, "jiffies = %ld\n",
-                      jiffies);
-
-	return len;
-}
-
-
-static int proc_read_foobar(char *page, char **start,
-			    off_t off, int count, 
-			    int *eof, void *data)
-{
-	int len;
-	struct fb_data_t *fb_data = (struct fb_data_t *)data;
-
-	/* DON'T DO THAT - buffer overruns are bad */
-	len = sprintf(page, "%s = '%s'\n", 
-		      fb_data->name, fb_data->value);
-
-	return len;
-}
-
-
-static int proc_write_foobar(struct file *file,
-			     const char *buffer,
-			     unsigned long count, 
-			     void *data)
-{
-	int len;
-	struct fb_data_t *fb_data = (struct fb_data_t *)data;
-
-	if(count > FOOBAR_LEN)
-		len = FOOBAR_LEN;
-	else
-		len = count;
-
-	if(copy_from_user(fb_data->value, buffer, len))
-		return -EFAULT;
-
-	fb_data->value[len] = '\0';
-
-	return len;
-}
-
-
-static int __init init_procfs_example(void)
-{
-	int rv = 0;
-
-	/* create directory */
-	example_dir = proc_mkdir(MODULE_NAME, NULL);
-	if(example_dir == NULL) {
-		rv = -ENOMEM;
-		goto out;
-	}
-	/* create jiffies using convenience function */
-	jiffies_file = create_proc_read_entry("jiffies", 
-					      0444, example_dir, 
-					      proc_read_jiffies,
-					      NULL);
-	if(jiffies_file == NULL) {
-		rv  = -ENOMEM;
-		goto no_jiffies;
-	}
-
-	/* create foo and bar files using same callback
-	 * functions 
-	 */
-	foo_file = create_proc_entry("foo", 0644, example_dir);
-	if(foo_file == NULL) {
-		rv = -ENOMEM;
-		goto no_foo;
-	}
-
-	strcpy(foo_data.name, "foo");
-	strcpy(foo_data.value, "foo");
-	foo_file->data = &foo_data;
-	foo_file->read_proc = proc_read_foobar;
-	foo_file->write_proc = proc_write_foobar;
-		
-	bar_file = create_proc_entry("bar", 0644, example_dir);
-	if(bar_file == NULL) {
-		rv = -ENOMEM;
-		goto no_bar;
-	}
-
-	strcpy(bar_data.name, "bar");
-	strcpy(bar_data.value, "bar");
-	bar_file->data = &bar_data;
-	bar_file->read_proc = proc_read_foobar;
-	bar_file->write_proc = proc_write_foobar;
-		
-	/* create symlink */
-	symlink = proc_symlink("jiffies_too", example_dir, 
-			       "jiffies");
-	if(symlink == NULL) {
-		rv = -ENOMEM;
-		goto no_symlink;
-	}
-
-	/* everything OK */
-	printk(KERN_INFO "%s %s initialised\n",
-	       MODULE_NAME, MODULE_VERS);
-	return 0;
-
-no_symlink:
-	remove_proc_entry("bar", example_dir);
-no_bar:
-	remove_proc_entry("foo", example_dir);
-no_foo:
-	remove_proc_entry("jiffies", example_dir);
-no_jiffies:			      
-	remove_proc_entry(MODULE_NAME, NULL);
-out:
-	return rv;
-}
-
-
-static void __exit cleanup_procfs_example(void)
-{
-	remove_proc_entry("jiffies_too", example_dir);
-	remove_proc_entry("bar", example_dir);
-	remove_proc_entry("foo", example_dir);
-	remove_proc_entry("jiffies", example_dir);
-	remove_proc_entry(MODULE_NAME, NULL);
-
-	printk(KERN_INFO "%s %s removed\n",
-	       MODULE_NAME, MODULE_VERS);
-}
-
-
-module_init(init_procfs_example);
-module_exit(cleanup_procfs_example);
-
-MODULE_AUTHOR("Erik Mouw");
-MODULE_DESCRIPTION("procfs examples");
-MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml
index b1a81d246d58..c65f0ac9b6ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml
@@ -716,6 +716,41 @@ if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-STD;, &amp;std_id)) {
 }
       </programlisting>
     </example>
+  <section id="dv-timings">
+	<title>Digital Video (DV) Timings</title>
+	<para>
+	The video standards discussed so far has been dealing with Analog TV and the
+corresponding video timings. Today there are many more different hardware interfaces
+such as High Definition TV interfaces (HDMI), VGA, DVI connectors etc., that carry
+video signals and there is a need to extend the API to select the video timings
+for these interfaces. Since it is not possible to extend the &v4l2-std-id; due to
+the limited bits available, a new set of IOCTLs is added to set/get video timings at
+the input and output: </para><itemizedlist>
+	<listitem>
+	<para>DV Presets: Digital Video (DV) presets. These are IDs representing a
+video timing at the input/output. Presets are pre-defined timings implemented
+by the hardware according to video standards. A __u32 data type is used to represent
+a preset unlike the bit mask that is used in &v4l2-std-id; allowing future extensions
+to support as many different presets as needed.</para>
+	</listitem>
+	<listitem>
+	<para>Custom DV Timings: This will allow applications to define more detailed
+custom video timings for the interface. This includes parameters such as width, height,
+polarities, frontporch, backporch etc.
+	</para>
+	</listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+	<para>To enumerate and query the attributes of DV presets supported by a device,
+applications use the &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-PRESETS; ioctl. To get the current DV preset,
+applications use the &VIDIOC-G-DV-PRESET; ioctl and to set a preset they use the
+&VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET; ioctl.</para>
+	<para>To set custom DV timings for the device, applications use the
+&VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl and to get current custom DV timings they use the
+&VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl.</para>
+	<para>Applications can make use of the <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> and
+<xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to decide what ioctls are available to set the
+video timings for the device.</para>
+	</section>
   </section>
 
   &sub-controls;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
index 4d1902a54d61..b9dbdf9e6d29 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -2291,8 +2291,8 @@ was renamed to <structname id="v4l2-chip-ident-old">v4l2_chip_ident_old</structn
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>New control <constant>V4L2_CID_COLORFX</constant> was added.</para>
 	</listitem>
-       </orderedlist>
-     </section>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </section>
     <section>
       <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.32</title>
       <orderedlist>
@@ -2322,8 +2322,16 @@ more information.</para>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>Added Remote Controller chapter, describing the default Remote Controller mapping for media devices.</para>
 	</listitem>
-       </orderedlist>
-     </section>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.33</title>
+      <orderedlist>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Added support for Digital Video timings in order to support HDTV receivers and transmitters.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </section>
    </section>
 
    <section id="other">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml
index 937b4157a5d0..060105af49e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -74,6 +74,17 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib>
 	  </address>
 	</affiliation>
       </author>
+
+      <author>
+	<firstname>Muralidharan</firstname>
+	<surname>Karicheri</surname>
+	<contrib>Documented the Digital Video timings API.</contrib>
+	<affiliation>
+	  <address>
+	    <email>m-karicheri2@ti.com</email>
+	  </address>
+	</affiliation>
+      </author>
     </authorgroup>
 
     <copyright>
@@ -89,7 +100,7 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib>
       <year>2008</year>
       <year>2009</year>
       <holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin
-Rubli, Andy Walls, Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
+Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
     </copyright>
     <legalnotice>
     <para>Except when explicitly stated as GPL, programming examples within
@@ -103,6 +114,13 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter
 applications. -->
 
       <revision>
+	<revnumber>2.6.33</revnumber>
+	<date>2009-12-03</date>
+	<authorinitials>mk</authorinitials>
+	<revremark>Added documentation for the Digital Video timings API.</revremark>
+      </revision>
+
+      <revision>
 	<revnumber>2.6.32</revnumber>
 	<date>2009-08-31</date>
 	<authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
@@ -355,7 +373,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
 </partinfo>
 
 <title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title>
- <subtitle>Revision 2.6.32</subtitle>
+ <subtitle>Revision 2.6.33</subtitle>
 
   <chapter id="common">
     &sub-common;
@@ -411,6 +429,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
     &sub-encoder-cmd;
     &sub-enumaudio;
     &sub-enumaudioout;
+    &sub-enum-dv-presets;
     &sub-enum-fmt;
     &sub-enum-framesizes;
     &sub-enum-frameintervals;
@@ -421,6 +440,8 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
     &sub-g-audioout;
     &sub-g-crop;
     &sub-g-ctrl;
+    &sub-g-dv-preset;
+    &sub-g-dv-timings;
     &sub-g-enc-index;
     &sub-g-ext-ctrls;
     &sub-g-fbuf;
@@ -441,6 +462,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
     &sub-querybuf;
     &sub-querycap;
     &sub-queryctrl;
+    &sub-query-dv-preset;
     &sub-querystd;
     &sub-reqbufs;
     &sub-s-hw-freq-seek;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml
index 3e282ed9f593..068325940658 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml
@@ -734,6 +734,99 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-standard">v4l2_standard</link> {
 };
 
 /*
+ *      V I D E O       T I M I N G S   D V     P R E S E T
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link> {
+        __u32   preset;
+        __u32   reserved[4];
+};
+
+/*
+ *      D V     P R E S E T S   E N U M E R A T I O N
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link> {
+        __u32   index;
+        __u32   preset;
+        __u8    name[32]; /* Name of the preset timing */
+        __u32   width;
+        __u32   height;
+        __u32   reserved[4];
+};
+
+/*
+ *      D V     P R E S E T     V A L U E S
+ */
+#define         V4L2_DV_INVALID         0
+#define         V4L2_DV_480P59_94       1 /* BT.1362 */
+#define         V4L2_DV_576P50          2 /* BT.1362 */
+#define         V4L2_DV_720P24          3 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_720P25          4 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_720P30          5 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_720P50          6 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_720P59_94       7 /* SMPTE 274M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_720P60          8 /* SMPTE 274M/296M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_1080I29_97      9 /* BT.1120/ SMPTE 274M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_1080I30         10 /* BT.1120/ SMPTE 274M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_1080I25         11 /* BT.1120 */
+#define         V4L2_DV_1080I50         12 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_1080I60         13 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_1080P24         14 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_1080P25         15 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_1080P30         16 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define         V4L2_DV_1080P50         17 /* BT.1120 */
+#define         V4L2_DV_1080P60         18 /* BT.1120 */
+
+/*
+ *      D V     B T     T I M I N G S
+ */
+
+/* BT.656/BT.1120 timing data */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-bt-timings">v4l2_bt_timings</link> {
+        __u32   width;          /* width in pixels */
+        __u32   height;         /* height in lines */
+        __u32   interlaced;     /* Interlaced or progressive */
+        __u32   polarities;     /* Positive or negative polarity */
+        __u64   pixelclock;     /* Pixel clock in HZ. Ex. 74.25MHz-&gt;74250000 */
+        __u32   hfrontporch;    /* Horizpontal front porch in pixels */
+        __u32   hsync;          /* Horizontal Sync length in pixels */
+        __u32   hbackporch;     /* Horizontal back porch in pixels */
+        __u32   vfrontporch;    /* Vertical front porch in pixels */
+        __u32   vsync;          /* Vertical Sync length in lines */
+        __u32   vbackporch;     /* Vertical back porch in lines */
+        __u32   il_vfrontporch; /* Vertical front porch for bottom field of
+                                 * interlaced field formats
+                                 */
+        __u32   il_vsync;       /* Vertical sync length for bottom field of
+                                 * interlaced field formats
+                                 */
+        __u32   il_vbackporch;  /* Vertical back porch for bottom field of
+                                 * interlaced field formats
+                                 */
+        __u32   reserved[16];
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+/* Interlaced or progressive format */
+#define V4L2_DV_PROGRESSIVE     0
+#define V4L2_DV_INTERLACED      1
+
+/* Polarities. If bit is not set, it is assumed to be negative polarity */
+#define V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL   0x00000001
+#define V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL   0x00000002
+
+
+/* DV timings */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link> {
+        __u32 type;
+        union {
+                struct <link linkend="v4l2-bt-timings">v4l2_bt_timings</link>  bt;
+                __u32   reserved[32];
+        };
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+/* Values for the type field */
+#define V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120     0       /* BT.656/1120 timing type */
+
+/*
  *      V I D E O   I N P U T S
  */
 struct <link linkend="v4l2-input">v4l2_input</link> {
@@ -744,7 +837,8 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-input">v4l2_input</link> {
         __u32        tuner;             /*  Associated tuner */
         v4l2_std_id  std;
         __u32        status;
-        __u32        reserved[4];
+        __u32        capabilities;
+        __u32        reserved[3];
 };
 
 /*  Values for the 'type' field */
@@ -775,6 +869,11 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-input">v4l2_input</link> {
 #define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_ACCESS   0x02000000  /* Conditional access denied */
 #define V4L2_IN_ST_VTR         0x04000000  /* VTR time constant */
 
+/* capabilities flags */
+#define V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS             0x00000001 /* Supports S_DV_PRESET */
+#define V4L2_IN_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS      0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */
+#define V4L2_IN_CAP_STD                 0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */
+
 /*
  *      V I D E O   O U T P U T S
  */
@@ -785,13 +884,19 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-output">v4l2_output</link> {
         __u32        audioset;          /*  Associated audios (bitfield) */
         __u32        modulator;         /*  Associated modulator */
         v4l2_std_id  std;
-        __u32        reserved[4];
+        __u32        capabilities;
+        __u32        reserved[3];
 };
 /*  Values for the 'type' field */
 #define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR              1
 #define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOG                 2
 #define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOGVGAOVERLAY       3
 
+/* capabilities flags */
+#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS            0x00000001 /* Supports S_DV_PRESET */
+#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS     0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */
+#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD                0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */
+
 /*
  *      C O N T R O L S
  */
@@ -1626,6 +1731,13 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-chip-ident">v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link> {
 #endif
 
 #define VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK    _IOW('V', 82, struct <link linkend="v4l2-hw-freq-seek">v4l2_hw_freq_seek</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS  _IOWR('V', 83, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET      _IOWR('V', 84, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET      _IOWR('V', 85, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET  _IOR('V',  86, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS     _IOWR('V', 87, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS     _IOWR('V', 88, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link>)
+
 /* Reminder: when adding new ioctls please add support for them to
    drivers/media/video/v4l2-compat-ioctl32.c as well! */
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1d31427edd1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-enum-dv-presets">
+  <refmeta>
+    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</refentrytitle>
+    &manvol;
+  </refmeta>
+
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</refname>
+    <refpurpose>Enumerate supported Digital Video presets</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>struct v4l2_dv_enum_preset *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Arguments</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>&fd;</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para></para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Description</title>
+
+    <para>To query the attributes of a DV preset, applications initialize the
+<structfield>index</structfield> field and zero the reserved array of &v4l2-dv-enum-preset;
+and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
+structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all DV Presets supported,
+applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the
+driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>. Drivers may enumerate a
+different set of DV presets after switching the video input or
+output.</para>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">
+      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_enum_presets</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Number of the DV preset, set by the
+application.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>preset</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>This field identifies one of the DV preset values listed in <xref linkend="v4l2-dv-presets-vals"/>.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u8</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[24]</entry>
+	    <entry>Name of the preset, a NUL-terminated ASCII string, for example: "720P-60", "1080I-60". This information is
+intended for the user.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Width of the active video in pixels for the DV preset.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Height of the active video in lines for the DV preset.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-presets-vals">
+      <title>struct <structname>DV Presets</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>Preset</entry>
+	    <entry>Preset value</entry>
+	    <entry>Description</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_INVALID</entry>
+	    <entry>0</entry>
+	    <entry>Invalid preset value.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_480P59_94</entry>
+	    <entry>1</entry>
+	    <entry>720x480 progressive video at 59.94 fps as per BT.1362.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_576P50</entry>
+	    <entry>2</entry>
+	    <entry>720x576 progressive video at 50 fps as per BT.1362.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_720P24</entry>
+	    <entry>3</entry>
+	    <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 24 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_720P25</entry>
+	    <entry>4</entry>
+	    <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 25 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_720P30</entry>
+	    <entry>5</entry>
+	    <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 30 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_720P50</entry>
+	    <entry>6</entry>
+	    <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 50 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_720P59_94</entry>
+	    <entry>7</entry>
+	    <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 59.94 fps as per SMPTE 274M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_720P60</entry>
+	    <entry>8</entry>
+	    <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 60 fps as per SMPTE 274M/296M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_1080I29_97</entry>
+	    <entry>9</entry>
+	    <entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 29.97 fps as per BT.1120/SMPTE 274M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_1080I30</entry>
+	    <entry>10</entry>
+	    <entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 30 fps as per BT.1120/SMPTE 274M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_1080I25</entry>
+	    <entry>11</entry>
+	    <entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 25 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_1080I50</entry>
+	    <entry>12</entry>
+	    <entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 50 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_1080I60</entry>
+	    <entry>13</entry>
+	    <entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 60 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_1080P24</entry>
+	    <entry>14</entry>
+	    <entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 24 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_1080P25</entry>
+	    <entry>15</entry>
+	    <entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 25 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_1080P30</entry>
+	    <entry>16</entry>
+	    <entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 30 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_1080P50</entry>
+	    <entry>17</entry>
+	    <entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 50 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_1080P60</entry>
+	    <entry>18</entry>
+	    <entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 60 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    &return-value;
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The &v4l2-dv-enum-preset; <structfield>index</structfield>
+is out of bounds.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
index 414856b82473..71b868e2fb8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
@@ -124,7 +124,13 @@ current input.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>capabilities</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>This field provides capabilities for the
+input. See <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> for flags.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
 	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
 the array to zero.</entry>
 	  </row>
@@ -261,6 +267,34 @@ flag is set Macrovision has been detected.</entry>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
+
+    <!-- Capability flags based on video timings RFC by Muralidharan
+Karicheri, titled RFC (v1.2): V4L - Support for video timings at the
+input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009.
+	-->
+    <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="input-capabilities">
+      <title>Input capabilities</title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-def;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000001</entry>
+	    <entry>This input supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000002</entry>
+	    <entry>This input supports setting custom video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_STD</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000004</entry>
+	    <entry>This input supports setting the TV standard by using VIDIOC_S_STD.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
   </refsect1>
 
   <refsect1>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
index e8d16dcd50cf..a281d26a195f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
@@ -114,7 +114,13 @@ details on video standards and how to switch see <xref
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>capabilities</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>This field provides capabilities for the
+output. See <xref linkend="output-capabilities" /> for flags.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
 	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
 the array to zero.</entry>
 	  </row>
@@ -147,6 +153,34 @@ CVBS, S-Video, RGB.</entry>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
 
+    <!-- Capabilities flags based on video timings RFC by Muralidharan
+Karicheri, titled RFC (v1.2): V4L - Support for video timings at the
+input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009.
+	-->
+    <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="output-capabilities">
+      <title>Output capabilities</title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-def;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000001</entry>
+	    <entry>This output supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000002</entry>
+	    <entry>This output supports setting custom video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x00000004</entry>
+	    <entry>This output supports setting the TV standard by using VIDIOC_S_STD.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+
   </refsect1>
   <refsect1>
     &return-value;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3c6784e132f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-dv-preset">
+  <refmeta>
+    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</refentrytitle>
+    &manvol;
+  </refmeta>
+
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</refname>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</refname>
+    <refpurpose>Query or select the DV preset of the current input or output</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>&v4l2-dv-preset;
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Arguments</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>&fd;</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para></para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Description</title>
+    <para>To query and select the current DV preset, applications
+use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant> and <constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant>
+ioctls which take a pointer to a &v4l2-dv-preset; type as argument.
+Applications must zero the reserved array in &v4l2-dv-preset;.
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant> returns a dv preset in the field
+<structfield>preset</structfield> of &v4l2-dv-preset;.</para>
+
+    <para><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant> accepts a pointer to a &v4l2-dv-preset;
+that has the preset value to be set. Applications must zero the reserved array in &v4l2-dv-preset;.
+If the preset is not supported, it returns an &EINVAL; </para>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    &return-value;
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>This ioctl is not supported, or the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant>,<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the preset.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-preset">
+      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_preset</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>preset</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Preset value to represent the digital video timings</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved[4]</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Reserved fields for future use</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ecc19576bb8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-dv-timings">
+  <refmeta>
+    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refentrytitle>
+    &manvol;
+  </refmeta>
+
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</refname>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refname>
+    <refpurpose>Get or set custom DV timings for input or output</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>&v4l2-dv-timings;
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Arguments</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>&fd;</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para></para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Description</title>
+    <para>To set custom DV timings for the input or output, applications use the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl and to get the current custom timings,
+applications use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl. The detailed timing
+information is filled in using the structure &v4l2-dv-timings;. These ioctls take
+a pointer to the &v4l2-dv-timings; structure as argument. If the ioctl is not supported
+or the timing values are not correct, the driver returns &EINVAL;.</para>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    &return-value;
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>This ioctl is not supported, or the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the timings.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-bt-timings">
+      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_bt_timings</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Width of the active video in pixels</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Height of the active video in lines</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>interlaced</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Progressive (0) or interlaced (1)</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>polarities</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>This is a bit mask that defines polarities of sync signals.
+bit 0 (V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL) is for vertical sync polarity and bit 1 (V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL) is for horizontal sync polarity. If the bit is set
+(1) it is positive polarity and if is cleared (0), it is negative polarity.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u64</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>pixelclock</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Pixel clock in Hz. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>hfrontporch</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Horizontal front porch in pixels</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>hsync</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Horizontal sync length in pixels</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>hbackporch</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Horizontal back porch in pixels</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>vfrontporch</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Vertical front porch in lines</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>vsync</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Vertical sync length in lines</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>vbackporch</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Vertical back porch in lines</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>il_vfrontporch</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Vertical front porch in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>il_vsync</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Vertical sync length in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>il_vbackporch</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Vertical back porch in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-timings">
+      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_timings</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="4">
+	&cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>Type of DV timings as listed in <xref linkend="dv-timing-types"/>.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>union</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield></structfield></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>&v4l2-bt-timings;</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>bt</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Timings defined by BT.656/1120 specifications</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[32]</entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dv-timing-types">
+      <title>DV Timing types</title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>Timing type</entry>
+	    <entry>value</entry>
+	    <entry>Description</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120</entry>
+	    <entry>0</entry>
+	    <entry>BT.656/1120 timings</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
index b6f5d267e856..912f8513e5da 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
@@ -86,6 +86,12 @@ standards.</para>
 <constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the standard</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..87e4f0f6151c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-query-dv-preset">
+  <refmeta>
+    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</refentrytitle>
+    &manvol;
+  </refmeta>
+
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</refname>
+    <refpurpose>Sense the DV preset received by the current
+input</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>&v4l2-dv-preset; *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Arguments</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+	<varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>&fd;</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para></para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Description</title>
+
+    <para>The hardware may be able to detect the current DV preset
+automatically, similar to sensing the video standard. To do so, applications
+call <constant> VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</constant> with a pointer to a
+&v4l2-dv-preset; type. Once the hardware detects a preset, that preset is
+returned in the preset field of &v4l2-dv-preset;. When detection is not
+possible or fails, the value V4L2_DV_INVALID is returned.</para>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    &return-value;
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>This ioctl is not supported.</para>
+	</listitem>
+    </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The device is busy and therefore can not sense the preset</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
index b5a7ff934486..1a9e60393091 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
@@ -70,6 +70,12 @@ current video input or output.</para>
 	  <para>This ioctl is not supported.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The device is busy and therefore can not detect the standard</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/IO-mapping.txt b/Documentation/IO-mapping.txt
index 78a440695e11..1b5aa10df845 100644
--- a/Documentation/IO-mapping.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IO-mapping.txt
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ For such memory, you can do things like
 	 * access only the 640k-1MB area, so anything else
 	 * has to be remapped.
 	 */
-	char * baseptr = ioremap(0xFC000000, 1024*1024);
+	void __iomem *baseptr = ioremap(0xFC000000, 1024*1024);
 
 	/* write a 'A' to the offset 10 of the area */
 	writeb('A',baseptr+10);
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt b/Documentation/PCI/PCI-DMA-mapping.txt
index ecad88d9fe59..ecad88d9fe59 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/PCI-DMA-mapping.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmitChecklist b/Documentation/SubmitChecklist
index 78a9168ff377..1053a56be3b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmitChecklist
+++ b/Documentation/SubmitChecklist
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ kernel patches.
 2: Passes allnoconfig, allmodconfig
 
 3: Builds on multiple CPU architectures by using local cross-compile tools
-   or something like PLM at OSDL.
+   or some other build farm.
 
 4: ppc64 is a good architecture for cross-compilation checking because it
    tends to use `unsigned long' for 64-bit quantities.
@@ -88,3 +88,6 @@ kernel patches.
 
 24: All memory barriers {e.g., barrier(), rmb(), wmb()} need a comment in the
     source code that explains the logic of what they are doing and why.
+
+25: If any ioctl's are added by the patch, then also update
+    Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt b/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e628cd23ca80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+Linux ACPI Custom Control Method How To
+=======================================
+
+Written by Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
+
+
+Linux supports customizing ACPI control methods at runtime.
+
+Users can use this to
+1. override an existing method which may not work correctly,
+   or just for debugging purposes.
+2. insert a completely new method in order to create a missing
+   method such as _OFF, _ON, _STA, _INI, etc.
+For these cases, it is far simpler to dynamically install a single
+control method rather than override the entire DSDT, because kernel
+rebuild/reboot is not needed and test result can be got in minutes.
+
+Note: Only ACPI METHOD can be overridden, any other object types like
+      "Device", "OperationRegion", are not recognized.
+Note: The same ACPI control method can be overridden for many times,
+      and it's always the latest one that used by Linux/kernel.
+
+1. override an existing method
+   a) get the ACPI table via ACPI sysfs I/F. e.g. to get the DSDT,
+      just run "cat /sys/firmware/acpi/tables/DSDT > /tmp/dsdt.dat"
+   b) disassemble the table by running "iasl -d dsdt.dat".
+   c) rewrite the ASL code of the method and save it in a new file,
+   d) package the new file (psr.asl) to an ACPI table format.
+      Here is an example of a customized \_SB._AC._PSR method,
+
+      DefinitionBlock ("", "SSDT", 1, "", "", 0x20080715)
+      {
+	External (ACON)
+
+	Method (\_SB_.AC._PSR, 0, NotSerialized)
+	{
+		Store ("In AC _PSR", Debug)
+		Return (ACON)
+	}
+      }
+      Note that the full pathname of the method in ACPI namespace
+      should be used.
+      And remember to use "External" to declare external objects.
+   e) assemble the file to generate the AML code of the method.
+      e.g. "iasl psr.asl" (psr.aml is generated as a result)
+   f) mount debugfs by "mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug"
+   g) override the old method via the debugfs by running
+      "cat /tmp/psr.aml > /sys/kernel/debug/acpi/custom_method"
+
+2. insert a new method
+   This is easier than overriding an existing method.
+   We just need to create the ASL code of the method we want to
+   insert and then follow the step c) ~ g) in section 1.
+
+3. undo your changes
+   The "undo" operation is not supported for a new inserted method
+   right now, i.e. we can not remove a method currently.
+   For an overrided method, in order to undo your changes, please
+   save a copy of the method original ASL code in step c) section 1,
+   and redo step c) ~ g) to override the method with the original one.
+
+
+Note: We can use a kernel with multiple custom ACPI method running,
+      But each individual write to debugfs can implement a SINGLE
+      method override. i.e. if we want to insert/override multiple
+      ACPI methods, we need to redo step c) ~ g) for multiple times.
diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX b/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX
index d6840a91e1e1..c34e12440fec 100644
--- a/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 00-INDEX
 	- This file
 
-cache-lock.txt
-	- HOWTO for blackfin cache locking.
-
 cachefeatures.txt
 	- Supported cache features.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile b/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..773dbb103f1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+obj-m := gptimers-example.o
+
+all: modules
+
+modules clean:
+	$(MAKE) -C ../.. SUBDIRS=$(PWD) $@
diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/cache-lock.txt b/Documentation/blackfin/cache-lock.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 88ba1e6c31c3..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/blackfin/cache-lock.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * File:         Documentation/blackfin/cache-lock.txt
- * Based on:
- * Author:
- *
- * Created:
- * Description:  This file contains the simple DMA Implementation for Blackfin
- *
- * Rev:          $Id: cache-lock.txt 2384 2006-11-01 04:12:43Z magicyang $
- *
- * Modified:
- *               Copyright 2004-2006 Analog Devices Inc.
- *
- * Bugs:         Enter bugs at http://blackfin.uclinux.org/
- *
- */
-
-How to lock your code in cache in uClinux/blackfin
---------------------------------------------------
-
-There are only a few steps required to lock your code into the cache.
-Currently you can lock the code by Way.
-
-Below are the interface provided for locking the cache.
-
-
-1. cache_grab_lock(int Ways);
-
-This function grab the lock for locking your code into the cache specified
-by Ways.
-
-
-2. cache_lock(int Ways);
-
-This function should be called after your critical code has been executed.
-Once the critical code exits, the code is now loaded into the cache. This
-function locks the code into the cache.
-
-
-So, the example sequence will be:
-
-	cache_grab_lock(WAY0_L);	/* Grab the lock */
-
-	critical_code();		/* Execute the code of interest */
-
-	cache_lock(WAY0_L);		/* Lock the cache */
-
-Where WAY0_L signifies WAY0 locking.
diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/cachefeatures.txt b/Documentation/blackfin/cachefeatures.txt
index 0fbec23becb5..75de51f94515 100644
--- a/Documentation/blackfin/cachefeatures.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blackfin/cachefeatures.txt
@@ -41,16 +41,6 @@
 		icplb_flush();
 		dcplb_flush();
 
-	- Locking the cache.
-
-		cache_grab_lock();
-		cache_lock();
-
-	Please refer linux-2.6.x/Documentation/blackfin/cache-lock.txt for how to
-	lock the cache.
-
-	Locking the cache is optional feature.
-
 	- Miscellaneous cache functions.
 
 		flush_cache_all();
diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c b/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b1bd6340e748
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ * Simple gptimers example
+ *	http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=linux-kernel:drivers:gptimers
+ *
+ * Copyright 2007-2009 Analog Devices Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the GPL-2 or later.
+ */
+
+#include <linux/interrupt.h>
+#include <linux/module.h>
+
+#include <asm/gptimers.h>
+#include <asm/portmux.h>
+
+/* ... random driver includes ... */
+
+#define DRIVER_NAME "gptimer_example"
+
+struct gptimer_data {
+	uint32_t period, width;
+};
+static struct gptimer_data data;
+
+/* ... random driver state ... */
+
+static irqreturn_t gptimer_example_irq(int irq, void *dev_id)
+{
+	struct gptimer_data *data = dev_id;
+
+	/* make sure it was our timer which caused the interrupt */
+	if (!get_gptimer_intr(TIMER5_id))
+		return IRQ_NONE;
+
+	/* read the width/period values that were captured for the waveform */
+	data->width = get_gptimer_pwidth(TIMER5_id);
+	data->period = get_gptimer_period(TIMER5_id);
+
+	/* acknowledge the interrupt */
+	clear_gptimer_intr(TIMER5_id);
+
+	/* tell the upper layers we took care of things */
+	return IRQ_HANDLED;
+}
+
+/* ... random driver code ... */
+
+static int __init gptimer_example_init(void)
+{
+	int ret;
+
+	/* grab the peripheral pins */
+	ret = peripheral_request(P_TMR5, DRIVER_NAME);
+	if (ret) {
+		printk(KERN_NOTICE DRIVER_NAME ": peripheral request failed\n");
+		return ret;
+	}
+
+	/* grab the IRQ for the timer */
+	ret = request_irq(IRQ_TIMER5, gptimer_example_irq, IRQF_SHARED, DRIVER_NAME, &data);
+	if (ret) {
+		printk(KERN_NOTICE DRIVER_NAME ": IRQ request failed\n");
+		peripheral_free(P_TMR5);
+		return ret;
+	}
+
+	/* setup the timer and enable it */
+	set_gptimer_config(TIMER5_id, WDTH_CAP | PULSE_HI | PERIOD_CNT | IRQ_ENA);
+	enable_gptimers(TIMER5bit);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+module_init(gptimer_example_init);
+
+static void __exit gptimer_example_exit(void)
+{
+	disable_gptimers(TIMER5bit);
+	free_irq(IRQ_TIMER5, &data);
+	peripheral_free(P_TMR5);
+}
+module_exit(gptimer_example_exit);
+
+MODULE_LICENSE("BSD");
diff --git a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX
index 961a0513f8c3..a406286f6f3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
 00-INDEX
 	- This file
-as-iosched.txt
-	- Anticipatory IO scheduler
 barrier.txt
 	- I/O Barriers
 biodoc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/block/as-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/as-iosched.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 738b72be128e..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/block/as-iosched.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-Anticipatory IO scheduler
--------------------------
-Nick Piggin <piggin@cyberone.com.au>    13 Sep 2003
-
-Attention! Database servers, especially those using "TCQ" disks should
-investigate performance with the 'deadline' IO scheduler. Any system with high
-disk performance requirements should do so, in fact.
-
-If you see unusual performance characteristics of your disk systems, or you
-see big performance regressions versus the deadline scheduler, please email
-me. Database users don't bother unless you're willing to test a lot of patches
-from me ;) its a known issue.
-
-Also, users with hardware RAID controllers, doing striping, may find
-highly variable performance results with using the as-iosched. The
-as-iosched anticipatory implementation is based on the notion that a disk
-device has only one physical seeking head.  A striped RAID controller
-actually has a head for each physical device in the logical RAID device.
-
-However, setting the antic_expire (see tunable parameters below) produces
-very similar behavior to the deadline IO scheduler.
-
-Selecting IO schedulers
------------------------
-Refer to Documentation/block/switching-sched.txt for information on
-selecting an io scheduler on a per-device basis.
-
-Anticipatory IO scheduler Policies
-----------------------------------
-The as-iosched implementation implements several layers of policies
-to determine when an IO request is dispatched to the disk controller.
-Here are the policies outlined, in order of application.
-
-1. one-way Elevator algorithm.
-
-The elevator algorithm is similar to that used in deadline scheduler, with
-the addition that it allows limited backward movement of the elevator
-(i.e. seeks backwards).  A seek backwards can occur when choosing between
-two IO requests where one is behind the elevator's current position, and
-the other is in front of the elevator's position. If the seek distance to
-the request in back of the elevator is less than half the seek distance to
-the request in front of the elevator, then the request in back can be chosen.
-Backward seeks are also limited to a maximum of MAXBACK (1024*1024) sectors.
-This favors forward movement of the elevator, while allowing opportunistic
-"short" backward seeks.
-
-2. FIFO expiration times for reads and for writes.
-
-This is again very similar to the deadline IO scheduler.  The expiration
-times for requests on these lists is tunable using the parameters read_expire
-and write_expire discussed below.  When a read or a write expires in this way,
-the IO scheduler will interrupt its current elevator sweep or read anticipation
-to service the expired request.
-
-3. Read and write request batching
-
-A batch is a collection of read requests or a collection of write
-requests.  The as scheduler alternates dispatching read and write batches
-to the driver.  In the case a read batch, the scheduler submits read
-requests to the driver as long as there are read requests to submit, and
-the read batch time limit has not been exceeded (read_batch_expire).
-The read batch time limit begins counting down only when there are
-competing write requests pending.
-
-In the case of a write batch, the scheduler submits write requests to
-the driver as long as there are write requests available, and the
-write batch time limit has not been exceeded (write_batch_expire).
-However, the length of write batches will be gradually shortened
-when read batches frequently exceed their time limit.
-
-When changing between batch types, the scheduler waits for all requests
-from the previous batch to complete before scheduling requests for the
-next batch.
-
-The read and write fifo expiration times described in policy 2 above
-are checked only when in scheduling IO of a batch for the corresponding
-(read/write) type.  So for example, the read FIFO timeout values are
-tested only during read batches.  Likewise, the write FIFO timeout
-values are tested only during write batches.  For this reason,
-it is generally not recommended for the read batch time
-to be longer than the write expiration time, nor for the write batch
-time to exceed the read expiration time (see tunable parameters below).
-
-When the IO scheduler changes from a read to a write batch,
-it begins the elevator from the request that is on the head of the
-write expiration FIFO.  Likewise, when changing from a write batch to
-a read batch, scheduler begins the elevator from the first entry
-on the read expiration FIFO.
-
-4. Read anticipation.
-
-Read anticipation occurs only when scheduling a read batch.
-This implementation of read anticipation allows only one read request
-to be dispatched to the disk controller at a time.  In
-contrast, many write requests may be dispatched to the disk controller
-at a time during a write batch.  It is this characteristic that can make
-the anticipatory scheduler perform anomalously with controllers supporting
-TCQ, or with hardware striped RAID devices. Setting the antic_expire
-queue parameter (see below) to zero disables this behavior, and the 
-anticipatory scheduler behaves essentially like the deadline scheduler.
-
-When read anticipation is enabled (antic_expire is not zero), reads
-are dispatched to the disk controller one at a time.
-At the end of each read request, the IO scheduler examines its next
-candidate read request from its sorted read list.  If that next request
-is from the same process as the request that just completed,
-or if the next request in the queue is "very close" to the
-just completed request, it is dispatched immediately.  Otherwise,
-statistics (average think time, average seek distance) on the process
-that submitted the just completed request are examined.  If it seems
-likely that that process will submit another request soon, and that
-request is likely to be near the just completed request, then the IO
-scheduler will stop dispatching more read requests for up to (antic_expire)
-milliseconds, hoping that process will submit a new request near the one
-that just completed.  If such a request is made, then it is dispatched
-immediately.  If the antic_expire wait time expires, then the IO scheduler
-will dispatch the next read request from the sorted read queue.
-
-To decide whether an anticipatory wait is worthwhile, the scheduler
-maintains statistics for each process that can be used to compute
-mean "think time" (the time between read requests), and mean seek
-distance for that process.  One observation is that these statistics
-are associated with each process, but those statistics are not associated
-with a specific IO device.  So for example, if a process is doing IO
-on several file systems on separate devices, the statistics will be
-a combination of IO behavior from all those devices.
-
-
-Tuning the anticipatory IO scheduler
-------------------------------------
-When using 'as', the anticipatory IO scheduler there are 5 parameters under
-/sys/block/*/queue/iosched/. All are units of milliseconds.
-
-The parameters are:
-* read_expire
-    Controls how long until a read request becomes "expired". It also controls the
-    interval between which expired requests are served, so set to 50, a request
-    might take anywhere < 100ms to be serviced _if_ it is the next on the
-    expired list. Obviously request expiration strategies won't make the disk
-    go faster. The result basically equates to the timeslice a single reader
-    gets in the presence of other IO. 100*((seek time / read_expire) + 1) is
-    very roughly the % streaming read efficiency your disk should get with
-    multiple readers.
-
-* read_batch_expire
-    Controls how much time a batch of reads is given before pending writes are
-    served. A higher value is more efficient. This might be set below read_expire
-    if writes are to be given higher priority than reads, but reads are to be
-    as efficient as possible when there are no writes. Generally though, it
-    should be some multiple of read_expire.
-
-* write_expire, and
-* write_batch_expire are equivalent to the above, for writes.
-
-* antic_expire
-    Controls the maximum amount of time we can anticipate a good read (one
-    with a short seek distance from the most recently completed request) before
-    giving up. Many other factors may cause anticipation to be stopped early,
-    or some processes will not be "anticipated" at all. Should be a bit higher
-    for big seek time devices though not a linear correspondence - most
-    processes have only a few ms thinktime.
-
-In addition to the tunables above there is a read-only file named est_time
-which, when read, will show:
-
-    - The probability of a task exiting without a cooperating task
-      submitting an anticipated IO.
-
-    - The current mean think time.
-
-    - The seek distance used to determine if an incoming IO is better.
-
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index 8d2158a1c6aa..6fab97ea7e6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ a virtual address mapping (unlike the earlier scheme of virtual address
 do not have a corresponding kernel virtual address space mapping) and
 low-memory pages.
 
-Note: Please refer to Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt for a discussion
+Note: Please refer to Documentation/PCI/PCI-DMA-mapping.txt for a discussion
 on PCI high mem DMA aspects and mapping of scatter gather lists, and support
 for 64 bit PCI.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
index 9d620c153b04..a99d7031cdf9 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
@@ -49,6 +49,12 @@ maxcpus=n    Restrict boot time cpus to n. Say if you have 4 cpus, using
 additional_cpus=n (*)	Use this to limit hotpluggable cpus. This option sets
   			cpu_possible_map = cpu_present_map + additional_cpus
 
+cede_offline={"off","on"}  Use this option to disable/enable putting offlined
+		            processors to an extended H_CEDE state on
+			    supported pseries platforms.
+			    If nothing is specified,
+			    cede_offline is set to "on".
+
 (*) Option valid only for following architectures
 - ia64
 
@@ -309,41 +315,26 @@ A: The following are what is required for CPU hotplug infrastructure to work
 
 Q: I need to ensure that a particular cpu is not removed when there is some
    work specific to this cpu is in progress.
-A: First switch the current thread context to preferred cpu
+A: There are two ways.  If your code can be run in interrupt context, use
+   smp_call_function_single(), otherwise use work_on_cpu().  Note that
+   work_on_cpu() is slow, and can fail due to out of memory:
 
 	int my_func_on_cpu(int cpu)
 	{
-		cpumask_t saved_mask, new_mask = CPU_MASK_NONE;
-		int curr_cpu, err = 0;
-
-		saved_mask = current->cpus_allowed;
-		cpu_set(cpu, new_mask);
-		err = set_cpus_allowed(current, new_mask);
-
-		if (err)
-			return err;
-
-		/*
-		 * If we got scheduled out just after the return from
-		 * set_cpus_allowed() before running the work, this ensures
-		 * we stay locked.
-		 */
-		curr_cpu = get_cpu();
-
-		if (curr_cpu != cpu) {
-			err = -EAGAIN;
-			goto ret;
-		} else {
-			/*
-			 * Do work : But cant sleep, since get_cpu() disables preempt
-			 */
-		}
-		ret:
-			put_cpu();
-			set_cpus_allowed(current, saved_mask);
-			return err;
-		}
-
+		int err;
+		get_online_cpus();
+		if (!cpu_online(cpu))
+			err = -EINVAL;
+		else
+#if NEEDS_BLOCKING
+			err = work_on_cpu(cpu, __my_func_on_cpu, NULL);
+#else
+			smp_call_function_single(cpu, __my_func_on_cpu, &err,
+						 true);
+#endif
+		put_online_cpus();
+		return err;
+	}
 
 Q: How do we determine how many CPUs are available for hotplug.
 A: There is no clear spec defined way from ACPI that can give us that
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt
index a5009c8300f3..e3a77b215135 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt
@@ -8,13 +8,19 @@ the block device which are also writable without interfering with the
 original content;
 *) To create device "forks", i.e. multiple different versions of the
 same data stream.
+*) To merge a snapshot of a block device back into the snapshot's origin
+device.
 
+In the first two cases, dm copies only the chunks of data that get
+changed and uses a separate copy-on-write (COW) block device for
+storage.
 
-In both cases, dm copies only the chunks of data that get changed and
-uses a separate copy-on-write (COW) block device for storage.
+For snapshot merge the contents of the COW storage are merged back into
+the origin device.
 
 
-There are two dm targets available: snapshot and snapshot-origin.
+There are three dm targets available:
+snapshot, snapshot-origin, and snapshot-merge.
 
 *) snapshot-origin <origin>
 
@@ -40,8 +46,25 @@ The difference is that for transient snapshots less metadata must be
 saved on disk - they can be kept in memory by the kernel.
 
 
-How this is used by LVM2
-========================
+* snapshot-merge <origin> <COW device> <persistent> <chunksize>
+
+takes the same table arguments as the snapshot target except it only
+works with persistent snapshots.  This target assumes the role of the
+"snapshot-origin" target and must not be loaded if the "snapshot-origin"
+is still present for <origin>.
+
+Creates a merging snapshot that takes control of the changed chunks
+stored in the <COW device> of an existing snapshot, through a handover
+procedure, and merges these chunks back into the <origin>.  Once merging
+has started (in the background) the <origin> may be opened and the merge
+will continue while I/O is flowing to it.  Changes to the <origin> are
+deferred until the merging snapshot's corresponding chunk(s) have been
+merged.  Once merging has started the snapshot device, associated with
+the "snapshot" target, will return -EIO when accessed.
+
+
+How snapshot is used by LVM2
+============================
 When you create the first LVM2 snapshot of a volume, four dm devices are used:
 
 1) a device containing the original mapping table of the source volume;
@@ -72,3 +95,30 @@ brw-------  1 root root 254, 12 29 ago 18:15 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-snap-cow
 brw-------  1 root root 254, 13 29 ago 18:15 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-snap
 brw-------  1 root root 254, 10 29 ago 18:14 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base
 
+
+How snapshot-merge is used by LVM2
+==================================
+A merging snapshot assumes the role of the "snapshot-origin" while
+merging.  As such the "snapshot-origin" is replaced with
+"snapshot-merge".  The "-real" device is not changed and the "-cow"
+device is renamed to <origin name>-cow to aid LVM2's cleanup of the
+merging snapshot after it completes.  The "snapshot" that hands over its
+COW device to the "snapshot-merge" is deactivated (unless using lvchange
+--refresh); but if it is left active it will simply return I/O errors.
+
+A snapshot will merge into its origin with the following command:
+
+lvconvert --merge volumeGroup/snap
+
+we'll now have this situation:
+
+# dmsetup table|grep volumeGroup
+
+volumeGroup-base-real: 0 2097152 linear 8:19 384
+volumeGroup-base-cow: 0 204800 linear 8:19 2097536
+volumeGroup-base: 0 2097152 snapshot-merge 254:11 254:12 P 16
+
+# ls -lL /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-*
+brw-------  1 root root 254, 11 29 ago 18:15 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base-real
+brw-------  1 root root 254, 12 29 ago 18:16 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base-cow
+brw-------  1 root root 254, 10 29 ago 18:16 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base
diff --git a/Documentation/dontdiff b/Documentation/dontdiff
index e151b2a36267..3ad6acead949 100644
--- a/Documentation/dontdiff
+++ b/Documentation/dontdiff
@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ gconf
 gen-devlist
 gen_crc32table
 gen_init_cpio
+generated
 genheaders
 genksyms
 *_gray256.c
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt
index 60120fb3b961..d2cd6fb8ba9e 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt
@@ -226,5 +226,5 @@ struct driver_attribute driver_attr_debug;
 This can then be used to add and remove the attribute from the
 driver's directory using:
 
-int driver_create_file(struct device_driver *, struct driver_attribute *);
-void driver_remove_file(struct device_driver *, struct driver_attribute *);
+int driver_create_file(struct device_driver *, const struct driver_attribute *);
+void driver_remove_file(struct device_driver *, const struct driver_attribute *);
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/viafb.txt b/Documentation/fb/viafb.txt
index 67dbf442b0b6..f3e046a6a987 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/viafb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fb/viafb.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
     VIA UniChrome Family(CLE266, PM800 / CN400 / CN300,
                         P4M800CE / P4M800Pro / CN700 / VN800,
                         CX700 / VX700, K8M890, P4M890,
-                        CN896 / P4M900, VX800)
+                        CN896 / P4M900, VX800, VX855)
 
 [Driver features]
 ------------------------
@@ -154,13 +154,6 @@
         0 : No Dual Edge Panel (default)
         1 : Dual Edge Panel
 
-    viafb_video_dev:
-        This option is used to specify video output devices(CRT, DVI, LCD) for
-        duoview case.
-        For example:
-        To output video on DVI, we should use:
-            modprobe viafb viafb_video_dev=DVI...
-
     viafb_lcd_port:
         This option is used to specify LCD output port,
         available values are "DVP0" "DVP1" "DFP_HIGHLOW" "DFP_HIGH" "DFP_LOW".
@@ -181,9 +174,6 @@ Notes:
        and bpp, need to call VIAFB specified ioctl interface VIAFB_SET_DEVICE
        instead of calling common ioctl function FBIOPUT_VSCREENINFO since
        viafb doesn't support multi-head well, or it will cause screen crush.
-    4. VX800 2D accelerator hasn't been supported in this driver yet. When
-       using driver on VX800, the driver will disable the acceleration
-       function as default.
 
 
 [Configure viafb with "fbset" tool]
diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
index 2a4d77946c7d..0a46833c1b76 100644
--- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
+++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
@@ -291,22 +291,6 @@ Who:	Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
 
 ---------------------------
 
-What:	usedac i386 kernel parameter
-When:	2.6.27
-Why:	replaced by allowdac and no dac combination
-Who:	Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
-
----------------------------
-
-What: print_fn_descriptor_symbol()
-When: October 2009
-Why:  The %pF vsprintf format provides the same functionality in a
-      simpler way.  print_fn_descriptor_symbol() is deprecated but
-      still present to give out-of-tree modules time to change.
-Who:  Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
-
----------------------------
-
 What:	/sys/o2cb symlink
 When:	January 2010
 Why:	/sys/fs/o2cb is the proper location for this information - /sys/o2cb
@@ -490,3 +474,71 @@ Why:	Obsoleted by the adt7475 driver.
 Who:	Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
 
 ---------------------------
+What:	Support for lcd_switch and display_get in asus-laptop driver
+When:	March 2010
+Why:	These two features use non-standard interfaces. There are the
+	only features that really need multiple path to guess what's
+	the right method name on a specific laptop.
+
+	Removing them will allow to remove a lot of code an significantly
+	clean the drivers.
+
+	This will affect the backlight code which won't be able to know
+	if the backlight is on or off. The platform display file will also be
+	write only (like the one in eeepc-laptop).
+
+	This should'nt affect a lot of user because they usually know
+	when their display is on or off.
+
+Who:	Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
+
+----------------------------
+
+What:	usbvideo quickcam_messenger driver
+When:	2.6.35
+Files:	drivers/media/video/usbvideo/quickcam_messenger.[ch]
+Why:	obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_stv06xx
+Who:	Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
+
+----------------------------
+
+What:	ov511 v4l1 driver
+When:	2.6.35
+Files:	drivers/media/video/ov511.[ch]
+Why:	obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_ov519
+Who:	Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
+
+----------------------------
+
+What:	w9968cf v4l1 driver
+When:	2.6.35
+Files:	drivers/media/video/w9968cf*.[ch]
+Why:	obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_ov519
+Who:	Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
+
+----------------------------
+
+What:	ovcamchip sensor framework
+When:	2.6.35
+Files:	drivers/media/video/ovcamchip/*
+Why:	Only used by obsoleted v4l1 drivers
+Who:	Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
+
+----------------------------
+
+What:	stv680 v4l1 driver
+When:	2.6.35
+Files:	drivers/media/video/stv680.[ch]
+Why:	obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_stv0680
+Who:	Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
+
+----------------------------
+
+What:	zc0301 v4l driver
+When:	2.6.35
+Files:	drivers/media/video/zc0301/*
+Why:	Duplicate functionality with the gspca_zc3xx driver, zc0301 only
+	supports 2 USB-ID's (because it only supports a limited set of
+	sensors) wich are also supported by the gspca_zc3xx driver
+	(which supports 53 USB-ID's in total)
+Who:	Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
index 7001782ab932..875d49696b6e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
 00-INDEX
 	- this file (info on some of the filesystems supported by linux).
-Exporting
-	- explanation of how to make filesystems exportable.
 Locking
 	- info on locking rules as they pertain to Linux VFS.
 9p.txt
@@ -68,12 +66,8 @@ mandatory-locking.txt
 	- info on the Linux implementation of Sys V mandatory file locking.
 ncpfs.txt
 	- info on Novell Netware(tm) filesystem using NCP protocol.
-nfs41-server.txt
-	- info on the Linux server implementation of NFSv4 minor version 1.
-nfs-rdma.txt
-	- how to install and setup the Linux NFS/RDMA client and server software.
-nfsroot.txt
-	- short guide on setting up a diskless box with NFS root filesystem.
+nfs/
+	- nfs-related documentation.
 nilfs2.txt
 	- info and mount options for the NILFS2 filesystem.
 ntfs.txt
@@ -92,8 +86,6 @@ relay.txt
 	- info on relay, for efficient streaming from kernel to user space.
 romfs.txt
 	- description of the ROMFS filesystem.
-rpc-cache.txt
-	- introduction to the caching mechanisms in the sunrpc layer.
 seq_file.txt
 	- how to use the seq_file API
 sharedsubtree.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
index af6885c3c821..e1def1786e50 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ nobarrier		This also requires an IO stack which can support
 			also be used to enable or disable barriers, for
 			consistency with other ext4 mount options.
 
-inode_readahead=n	This tuning parameter controls the maximum
+inode_readahead_blks=n	This tuning parameter controls the maximum
 			number of inode table blocks that ext4's inode
 			table readahead algorithm will pre-read into
 			the buffer cache.  The default value is 32 blocks.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2f68cd688769
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+00-INDEX
+	- this file (nfs-related documentation).
+Exporting
+	- explanation of how to make filesystems exportable.
+knfsd-stats.txt
+	- statistics which the NFS server makes available to user space.
+nfs.txt
+	- nfs client, and DNS resolution for fs_locations.
+nfs41-server.txt
+	- info on the Linux server implementation of NFSv4 minor version 1.
+nfs-rdma.txt
+	- how to install and setup the Linux NFS/RDMA client and server software
+nfsroot.txt
+	- short guide on setting up a diskless box with NFS root filesystem.
+rpc-cache.txt
+	- introduction to the caching mechanisms in the sunrpc layer.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Exporting b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting
index 87019d2b5981..87019d2b5981 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/Exporting
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/knfsd-stats.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt
index 64ced5149d37..64ced5149d37 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/knfsd-stats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs-rdma.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt
index e386f7e4bcee..e386f7e4bcee 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs-rdma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs.txt
index f50f26ce6cd0..f50f26ce6cd0 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs41-server.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt
index 5920fe26e6ff..1bd0d0c05171 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs41-server.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ interoperability problems with future clients.  Known issues:
 	  conformant with the spec (for example, we don't use kerberos
 	  on the backchannel correctly).
 	- no trunking support: no clients currently take advantage of
-	  trunking, but this is a mandatory failure, and its use is
+	  trunking, but this is a mandatory feature, and its use is
 	  recommended to clients in a number of places.  (E.g. to ensure
 	  timely renewal in case an existing connection's retry timeouts
 	  have gotten too long; see section 8.3 of the draft.)
@@ -213,3 +213,10 @@ The following cases aren't supported yet:
   DESTROY_CLIENTID, DESTROY_SESSION, EXCHANGE_ID.
 * DESTROY_SESSION MUST be the final operation in the COMPOUND request.
 
+Nonstandard compound limitations:
+* No support for a sessions fore channel RPC compound that requires both a
+  ca_maxrequestsize request and a ca_maxresponsesize reply, so we may
+  fail to live up to the promise we made in CREATE_SESSION fore channel
+  negotiation.
+* No more than one IO operation (read, write, readdir) allowed per
+  compound.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfsroot.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
index 3ba0b945aaf8..3ba0b945aaf8 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfsroot.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/rpc-cache.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt
index 8a382bea6808..8a382bea6808 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/rpc-cache.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
index 4949fcaa6b6a..839efd8a8a8c 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ described in the man pages included in the package.
 Project web page:    http://www.nilfs.org/en/
 Download page:       http://www.nilfs.org/en/download.html
 Git tree web page:   http://www.nilfs.org/git/
-NILFS mailing lists: http://www.nilfs.org/mailman/listinfo/users
+List info:           http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-nilfs
 
 Caveats
 =======
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting
index 92b888d540a6..a7e9746ee7ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Callers of notify_change() need ->i_mutex now.
 New super_block field "struct export_operations *s_export_op" for
 explicit support for exporting, e.g. via NFS.  The structure is fully
 documented at its declaration in include/linux/fs.h, and in
-Documentation/filesystems/Exporting.
+Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting.
 
 Briefly it allows for the definition of decode_fh and encode_fh operations
 to encode and decode filehandles, and allows the filesystem to use
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index 94b9f2056f4c..0d07513a67a6 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ Table of Contents
   3.3	/proc/<pid>/io - Display the IO accounting fields
   3.4	/proc/<pid>/coredump_filter - Core dump filtering settings
   3.5	/proc/<pid>/mountinfo - Information about mounts
+  3.6	/proc/<pid>/comm  & /proc/<pid>/task/<tid>/comm
 
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -176,7 +177,6 @@ read the file /proc/PID/status:
   CapBnd: ffffffffffffffff
   voluntary_ctxt_switches:        0
   nonvoluntary_ctxt_switches:     1
-  Stack usage:    12 kB
 
 This shows you nearly the same information you would get if you viewed it with
 the ps  command.  In  fact,  ps  uses  the  proc  file  system  to  obtain its
@@ -230,7 +230,6 @@ Table 1-2: Contents of the statm files (as of 2.6.30-rc7)
  Mems_allowed_list           Same as previous, but in "list format"
  voluntary_ctxt_switches     number of voluntary context switches
  nonvoluntary_ctxt_switches  number of non voluntary context switches
- Stack usage:                stack usage high water mark (round up to page size)
 ..............................................................................
 
 Table 1-3: Contents of the statm files (as of 2.6.8-rc3)
@@ -1409,3 +1408,11 @@ For more information on mount propagation see:
 
   Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt
 
+
+3.6	/proc/<pid>/comm  & /proc/<pid>/task/<tid>/comm
+--------------------------------------------------------
+These files provide a method to access a tasks comm value. It also allows for
+a task to set its own or one of its thread siblings comm value. The comm value
+is limited in size compared to the cmdline value, so writing anything longer
+then the kernel's TASK_COMM_LEN (currently 16 chars) will result in a truncated
+comm value.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt
index 0d15ebccf5b0..a1e2e0dda907 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt
@@ -248,9 +248,7 @@ code, that is done in the initialization code in the usual way:
 	{
 	        struct proc_dir_entry *entry;
 
-	        entry = create_proc_entry("sequence", 0, NULL);
-	        if (entry)
-	                entry->proc_fops = &ct_file_ops;
+	        proc_create("sequence", 0, NULL, &ct_file_ops);
 	        return 0;
 	}
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index b245d524d568..931c806642c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ struct device_attribute {
 			 const char *buf, size_t count);
 };
 
-int device_create_file(struct device *, struct device_attribute *);
-void device_remove_file(struct device *, struct device_attribute *);
+int device_create_file(struct device *, const struct device_attribute *);
+void device_remove_file(struct device *, const struct device_attribute *);
 
 It also defines this helper for defining device attributes: 
 
@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ DEVICE_ATTR(_name, _mode, _show, _store);
 
 Creation/Removal:
 
-int device_create_file(struct device *device, struct device_attribute * attr);
-void device_remove_file(struct device * dev, struct device_attribute * attr);
+int device_create_file(struct device *dev, const struct device_attribute * attr);
+void device_remove_file(struct device *dev, const struct device_attribute * attr);
 
 
 - bus drivers (include/linux/device.h)
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ DRIVER_ATTR(_name, _mode, _show, _store)
 
 Creation/Removal:
 
-int driver_create_file(struct device_driver *, struct driver_attribute *);
-void driver_remove_file(struct device_driver *, struct driver_attribute *);
+int driver_create_file(struct device_driver *, const struct driver_attribute *);
+void driver_remove_file(struct device_driver *, const struct driver_attribute *);
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/gpio.txt b/Documentation/gpio.txt
index e4e7daed2ba8..1866c27eec69 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/gpio.txt
@@ -531,6 +531,13 @@ and have the following read/write attributes:
 		This file exists only if the pin can be configured as an
 		interrupt generating input pin.
 
+	"active_low" ... reads as either 0 (false) or 1 (true).  Write
+		any nonzero value to invert the value attribute both
+		for reading and writing.  Existing and subsequent
+		poll(2) support configuration via the edge attribute
+		for "rising" and "falling" edges will follow this
+		setting.
+
 GPIO controllers have paths like /sys/class/gpio/gpiochip42/ (for the
 controller implementing GPIOs starting at #42) and have the following
 read-only attributes:
@@ -566,6 +573,8 @@ requested using gpio_request():
 	int gpio_export_link(struct device *dev, const char *name,
 		unsigned gpio)
 
+	/* change the polarity of a GPIO node in sysfs */
+	int gpio_sysfs_set_active_low(unsigned gpio, int value);
 
 After a kernel driver requests a GPIO, it may only be made available in
 the sysfs interface by gpio_export().  The driver can control whether the
@@ -580,3 +589,9 @@ After the GPIO has been exported, gpio_export_link() allows creating
 symlinks from elsewhere in sysfs to the GPIO sysfs node.  Drivers can
 use this to provide the interface under their own device in sysfs with
 a descriptive name.
+
+Drivers can use gpio_sysfs_set_active_low() to hide GPIO line polarity
+differences between boards from user space.  This only affects the
+sysfs interface.  Polarity change can be done both before and after
+gpio_export(), and previously enabled poll(2) support for either
+rising or falling edge will be reconfigured to follow this setting.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/amc6821 b/Documentation/hwmon/amc6821
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ced8359c50f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/amc6821
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+Kernel driver amc6821
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+	Texas Instruments AMC6821
+	Prefix: 'amc6821'
+	Addresses scanned: 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e
+	Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/amc6821.html
+
+Authors:
+	Tomaz Mertelj <tomaz.mertelj@guest.arnes.si>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments amc6821 chip.
+The chip has one on-chip and one remote temperature sensor and one pwm fan
+regulator.
+The pwm can be controlled either from software or automatically.
+
+The driver provides the following sensor accesses in sysfs:
+
+temp1_input		ro	on-chip temperature
+temp1_min		rw	"
+temp1_max		rw	"
+temp1_crit	 	rw	"
+temp1_min_alarm		ro	"
+temp1_max_alarm		ro	"
+temp1_crit_alarm	ro	"
+
+temp2_input		ro	remote temperature
+temp2_min		rw	"
+temp2_max		rw	"
+temp2_crit	 	rw	"
+temp2_min_alarm		ro	"
+temp2_max_alarm		ro	"
+temp2_crit_alarm	ro	"
+temp2_fault		ro	"
+
+fan1_input	 	ro	tachometer speed
+fan1_min		rw	"
+fan1_max		rw	"
+fan1_fault	 	ro	"
+fan1_div		rw	Fan divisor can be either 2 or 4.
+
+pwm1			rw	pwm1
+pwm1_enable		rw	regulator mode, 1=open loop, 2=fan controlled
+				by remote temperature, 3=fan controlled by
+				combination of the on-chip temperature and
+				remote-sensor temperature,
+pwm1_auto_channels_temp ro	1 if pwm_enable==2, 3 if pwm_enable==3
+pwm1_auto_point1_pwm	ro	Hardwired to 0, shared for both
+				temperature channels.
+pwm1_auto_point2_pwm	rw	This value is shared for both temperature
+				channels.
+pwm1_auto_point3_pwm	rw	Hardwired to 255, shared for both
+				temperature channels.
+
+temp1_auto_point1_temp	ro	Hardwired to temp2_auto_point1_temp
+				which is rw. Below this temperature fan stops.
+temp1_auto_point2_temp	rw	The low-temperature limit of the proportional
+				range. Below this temperature
+				pwm1 = pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. It can go from
+				0 degree C to 124 degree C in steps of
+				4 degree C. Read it out after writing to get
+				the actual value.
+temp1_auto_point3_temp	rw	Above this temperature fan runs at maximum
+				speed. It can go from temp1_auto_point2_temp.
+				It can only have certain discrete values
+				which depend on temp1_auto_point2_temp and
+				pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. Read it out after
+				writing to get the actual value.
+
+temp2_auto_point1_temp	rw	Must be between 0 degree C and 63 degree C and
+				it defines the passive cooling temperature.
+				Below this temperature the fan stops in
+				the closed loop mode.
+temp2_auto_point2_temp	rw	The low-temperature limit of the proportional
+				range. Below this temperature
+				pwm1 = pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. It can go from
+				0 degree C to 124 degree C in steps
+				of 4 degree C.
+
+temp2_auto_point3_temp	rw	Above this temperature fan runs at maximum
+				speed. It can only have certain discrete
+				values which depend on temp2_auto_point2_temp
+				and pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. Read it out after
+				writing to get actual value.
+
+
+Module parameters
+-----------------
+
+If your board has a BIOS that initializes the amc6821 correctly, you should
+load the module with: init=0.
+
+If your board BIOS doesn't initialize the chip, or you want
+different settings, you can set the following parameters:
+init=1,
+pwminv: 0 default pwm output, 1 inverts pwm output.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp b/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6526eee525a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+Kernel driver k10temp
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+* AMD Family 10h processors:
+  Socket F: Quad-Core/Six-Core/Embedded Opteron (but see below)
+  Socket AM2+: Quad-Core Opteron, Phenom (II) X3/X4, Athlon X2 (but see below)
+  Socket AM3: Quad-Core Opteron, Athlon/Phenom II X2/X3/X4, Sempron II
+  Socket S1G3: Athlon II, Sempron, Turion II
+* AMD Family 11h processors:
+  Socket S1G2: Athlon (X2), Sempron (X2), Turion X2 (Ultra)
+
+  Prefix: 'k10temp'
+  Addresses scanned: PCI space
+  Datasheets:
+  BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) For AMD Family 10h Processors:
+    http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/31116.pdf
+  BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) for AMD Family 11h Processors:
+    http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41256.pdf
+  Revision Guide for AMD Family 10h Processors:
+    http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41322.pdf
+  Revision Guide for AMD Family 11h Processors:
+    http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41788.pdf
+  AMD Family 11h Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet for Notebooks:
+    http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43373.pdf
+  AMD Family 10h Server and Workstation Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet:
+    http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43374.pdf
+  AMD Family 10h Desktop Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet:
+    http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43375.pdf
+
+Author: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver permits reading of the internal temperature sensor of AMD
+Family 10h and 11h processors.
+
+All these processors have a sensor, but on those for Socket F or AM2+,
+the sensor may return inconsistent values (erratum 319).  The driver
+will refuse to load on these revisions unless you specify the "force=1"
+module parameter.
+
+Due to technical reasons, the driver can detect only the mainboard's
+socket type, not the processor's actual capabilities.  Therefore, if you
+are using an AM3 processor on an AM2+ mainboard, you can safely use the
+"force=1" parameter.
+
+There is one temperature measurement value, available as temp1_input in
+sysfs. It is measured in degrees Celsius with a resolution of 1/8th degree.
+Please note that it is defined as a relative value; to quote the AMD manual:
+
+  Tctl is the processor temperature control value, used by the platform to
+  control cooling systems. Tctl is a non-physical temperature on an
+  arbitrary scale measured in degrees. It does _not_ represent an actual
+  physical temperature like die or case temperature. Instead, it specifies
+  the processor temperature relative to the point at which the system must
+  supply the maximum cooling for the processor's specified maximum case
+  temperature and maximum thermal power dissipation.
+
+The maximum value for Tctl is available in the file temp1_max.
+
+If the BIOS has enabled hardware temperature control, the threshold at
+which the processor will throttle itself to avoid damage is available in
+temp1_crit and temp1_crit_hyst.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d b/Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d
index effe949a7282..06534f25e643 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d
@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ Kernel driver lis3lv02d
 
 Supported chips:
 
-  * STMicroelectronics LIS3LV02DL and LIS3LV02DQ
+  * STMicroelectronics LIS3LV02DL, LIS3LV02DQ (12 bits precision)
+  * STMicroelectronics LIS302DL, LIS3L02DQ, LIS331DL (8 bits)
 
 Authors:
         Yan Burman <burman.yan@gmail.com>
@@ -13,32 +14,52 @@ Authors:
 Description
 -----------
 
-This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various HP
-laptops sporting the feature officially called "HP Mobile Data
-Protection System 3D" or "HP 3D DriveGuard". It detects automatically
-laptops with this sensor. Known models (for now the HP 2133, nc6420,
-nc2510, nc8510, nc84x0, nw9440 and nx9420) will have their axis
-automatically oriented on standard way (eg: you can directly play
-neverball).  The accelerometer data is readable via
-/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d.
+This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various HP laptops
+sporting the feature officially called "HP Mobile Data Protection System 3D" or
+"HP 3D DriveGuard". It detects automatically laptops with this sensor. Known
+models (full list can be found in drivers/hwmon/hp_accel.c) will have their
+axis automatically oriented on standard way (eg: you can directly play
+neverball). The accelerometer data is readable via
+/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d. Reported values are scaled
+to mg values (1/1000th of earth gravity).
 
 Sysfs attributes under /sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d/:
 position - 3D position that the accelerometer reports. Format: "(x,y,z)"
-calibrate - read: values (x, y, z) that are used as the base for input
-		  class device operation.
-            write: forces the base to be recalibrated with the current
-		   position.
-rate - reports the sampling rate of the accelerometer device in HZ
+rate - read reports the sampling rate of the accelerometer device in HZ.
+	write changes sampling rate of the accelerometer device.
+	Only values which are supported by HW are accepted.
+selftest - performs selftest for the chip as specified by chip manufacturer.
 
 This driver also provides an absolute input class device, allowing
-the laptop to act as a pinball machine-esque joystick.
+the laptop to act as a pinball machine-esque joystick. Joystick device can be
+calibrated. Joystick device can be in two different modes.
+By default output values are scaled between -32768 .. 32767. In joystick raw
+mode, joystick and sysfs position entry have the same scale. There can be
+small difference due to input system fuzziness feature.
+Events are also available as input event device.
+
+Selftest is meant only for hardware diagnostic purposes. It is not meant to be
+used during normal operations. Position data is not corrupted during selftest
+but interrupt behaviour is not guaranteed to work reliably. In test mode, the
+sensing element is internally moved little bit. Selftest measures difference
+between normal mode and test mode. Chip specifications tell the acceptance
+limit for each type of the chip. Limits are provided via platform data
+to allow adjustment of the limits without a change to the actual driver.
+Seltest returns either "OK x y z" or "FAIL x y z" where x, y and z are
+measured difference between modes. Axes are not remapped in selftest mode.
+Measurement values are provided to help HW diagnostic applications to make
+final decision.
+
+On HP laptops, if the led infrastructure is activated, support for a led
+indicating disk protection will be provided as /sys/class/leds/hp::hddprotect.
 
 Another feature of the driver is misc device called "freefall" that
 acts similar to /dev/rtc and reacts on free-fall interrupts received
 from the device. It supports blocking operations, poll/select and
 fasync operation modes. You must read 1 bytes from the device.  The
 result is number of free-fall interrupts since the last successful
-read (or 255 if number of interrupts would not fit).
+read (or 255 if number of interrupts would not fit). See the hpfall.c
+file for an example on using the device.
 
 
 Axes orientation
@@ -55,7 +76,7 @@ the accelerometer are converted into a "standard" organisation of the axes
  * If the laptop is put upside-down, Z becomes negative
 
 If your laptop model is not recognized (cf "dmesg"), you can send an
-email to the authors to add it to the database.  When reporting a new
+email to the maintainer to add it to the database.  When reporting a new
 laptop, please include the output of "dmidecode" plus the value of
 /sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d/position in these four cases.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf
index 02b74899edaf..b7e42ec4b26b 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf
@@ -81,8 +81,14 @@ pwm[1-4] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range:
 	   0 (stop) to 255 (full)
 
 pwm[1-4]_enable - this file controls mode of fan/temperature control:
-	* 1 Manual Mode, write to pwm file any value 0-255 (full speed)
-	* 2 Thermal Cruise
+	* 1 Manual mode, write to pwm file any value 0-255 (full speed)
+	* 2 "Thermal Cruise" mode
+	* 3 "Fan Speed Cruise" mode
+	* 4 "Smart Fan III" mode
+
+pwm[1-4]_mode - controls if output is PWM or DC level
+        * 0 DC output (0 - 12v)
+        * 1 PWM output
 
 Thermal Cruise mode
 -------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
index 7860aafb483d..0a74603eb671 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ static struct i2c_driver foo_driver = {
 	/* if device autodetection is needed: */
 	.class		= I2C_CLASS_SOMETHING,
 	.detect		= foo_detect,
-	.address_data	= &addr_data,
+	.address_list	= normal_i2c,
 
 	.shutdown	= foo_shutdown,	/* optional */
 	.suspend	= foo_suspend,	/* optional */
diff --git a/Documentation/infiniband/ipoib.txt b/Documentation/infiniband/ipoib.txt
index 6d40f00b358c..64eeb55d0c09 100644
--- a/Documentation/infiniband/ipoib.txt
+++ b/Documentation/infiniband/ipoib.txt
@@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ Datagram vs Connected modes
   fabric with a 2K MTU, the IPoIB MTU will be 2048 - 4 = 2044 bytes.
 
   In connected mode, the IB RC (Reliable Connected) transport is used.
-  Connected mode is to takes advantage of the connected nature of the
-  IB transport and allows an MTU up to the maximal IP packet size of
-  64K, which reduces the number of IP packets needed for handling
-  large UDP datagrams, TCP segments, etc and increases the performance
-  for large messages.
+  Connected mode takes advantage of the connected nature of the IB
+  transport and allows an MTU up to the maximal IP packet size of 64K,
+  which reduces the number of IP packets needed for handling large UDP
+  datagrams, TCP segments, etc and increases the performance for large
+  messages.
 
   In connected mode, the interface's UD QP is still used for multicast
   and communication with peers that don't support connected mode. In
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index 947374977ca5..35cf64d4436d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -56,10 +56,11 @@ Following this convention is good because:
 (5) When following the convention, the driver code can use generic
     code to copy the parameters between user and kernel space.
 
-This table lists ioctls visible from user land for Linux/i386.  It contains
-most drivers up to 2.3.14, but I know I am missing some.
+This table lists ioctls visible from user land for Linux/x86.  It contains
+most drivers up to 2.6.31, but I know I am missing some.  There has been
+no attempt to list non-X86 architectures or ioctls from drivers/staging/.
 
-Code	Seq#	Include File		Comments
+Code  Seq#(hex)	Include File		Comments
 ========================================================
 0x00	00-1F	linux/fs.h		conflict!
 0x00	00-1F	scsi/scsi_ioctl.h	conflict!
@@ -69,119 +70,228 @@ Code	Seq#	Include File		Comments
 0x03	all	linux/hdreg.h
 0x04	D2-DC	linux/umsdos_fs.h	Dead since 2.6.11, but don't reuse these.
 0x06	all	linux/lp.h
-0x09	all	linux/md.h
+0x09	all	linux/raid/md_u.h
+0x10	00-0F	drivers/char/s390/vmcp.h
 0x12	all	linux/fs.h
 		linux/blkpg.h
 0x1b	all	InfiniBand Subsystem	<http://www.openib.org/>
 0x20	all	drivers/cdrom/cm206.h
 0x22	all	scsi/sg.h
 '#'	00-3F	IEEE 1394 Subsystem	Block for the entire subsystem
+'$'	00-0F	linux/perf_counter.h, linux/perf_event.h
 '1'	00-1F	<linux/timepps.h>	PPS kit from Ulrich Windl
 					<ftp://ftp.de.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/ntp/PPS/>
+'2'	01-04	linux/i2o.h
+'3'	00-0F	drivers/s390/char/raw3270.h	conflict!
+'3'	00-1F	linux/suspend_ioctls.h	conflict!
+		and kernel/power/user.c
 '8'	all				SNP8023 advanced NIC card
 					<mailto:mcr@solidum.com>
-'A'	00-1F	linux/apm_bios.h
+'@'	00-0F	linux/radeonfb.h	conflict!
+'@'	00-0F	drivers/video/aty/aty128fb.c	conflict!
+'A'	00-1F	linux/apm_bios.h	conflict!
+'A'	00-0F	linux/agpgart.h		conflict!
+		and drivers/char/agp/compat_ioctl.h
+'A'	00-7F	sound/asound.h		conflict!
+'B'	00-1F	linux/cciss_ioctl.h	conflict!
+'B'	00-0F	include/linux/pmu.h	conflict!
 'B'	C0-FF				advanced bbus
 					<mailto:maassen@uni-freiburg.de>
-'C'	all	linux/soundcard.h
+'C'	all	linux/soundcard.h	conflict!
+'C'	01-2F	linux/capi.h		conflict!
+'C'	F0-FF	drivers/net/wan/cosa.h	conflict!
 'D'	all	arch/s390/include/asm/dasd.h
-'E'	all	linux/input.h
-'F'	all	linux/fb.h
-'H'	all	linux/hiddev.h
-'I'	all	linux/isdn.h
+'D'	40-5F	drivers/scsi/dpt/dtpi_ioctl.h
+'D'	05	drivers/scsi/pmcraid.h
+'E'	all	linux/input.h		conflict!
+'E'	00-0F	xen/evtchn.h		conflict!
+'F'	all	linux/fb.h		conflict!
+'F'	01-02	drivers/scsi/pmcraid.h	conflict!
+'F'	20	drivers/video/fsl-diu-fb.h	conflict!
+'F'	20	drivers/video/intelfb/intelfb.h	conflict!
+'F'	20	linux/ivtvfb.h		conflict!
+'F'	20	linux/matroxfb.h	conflict!
+'F'	20	drivers/video/aty/atyfb_base.c	conflict!
+'F'	00-0F	video/da8xx-fb.h	conflict!
+'F'	80-8F	linux/arcfb.h		conflict!
+'F'	DD	video/sstfb.h		conflict!
+'G'	00-3F	drivers/misc/sgi-gru/grulib.h	conflict!
+'G'	00-0F	linux/gigaset_dev.h	conflict!
+'H'	00-7F	linux/hiddev.h		conflict!
+'H'	00-0F	linux/hidraw.h		conflict!
+'H'	00-0F	sound/asound.h		conflict!
+'H'	20-40	sound/asound_fm.h	conflict!
+'H'	80-8F	sound/sfnt_info.h	conflict!
+'H'	10-8F	sound/emu10k1.h		conflict!
+'H'	10-1F	sound/sb16_csp.h	conflict!
+'H'	10-1F	sound/hda_hwdep.h	conflict!
+'H'	40-4F	sound/hdspm.h		conflict!
+'H'	40-4F	sound/hdsp.h		conflict!
+'H'	90	sound/usb/usx2y/usb_stream.h
+'H'	C0-F0	net/bluetooth/hci.h	conflict!
+'H'	C0-DF	net/bluetooth/hidp/hidp.h	conflict!
+'H'	C0-DF	net/bluetooth/cmtp/cmtp.h	conflict!
+'H'	C0-DF	net/bluetooth/bnep/bnep.h	conflict!
+'I'	all	linux/isdn.h		conflict!
+'I'	00-0F	drivers/isdn/divert/isdn_divert.h	conflict!
+'I'	40-4F	linux/mISDNif.h		conflict!
 'J'	00-1F	drivers/scsi/gdth_ioctl.h
 'K'	all	linux/kd.h
-'L'	00-1F	linux/loop.h
-'L'	20-2F	driver/usb/misc/vstusb.h
+'L'	00-1F	linux/loop.h		conflict!
+'L'	10-1F	drivers/scsi/mpt2sas/mpt2sas_ctl.h	conflict!
+'L'	20-2F	linux/usb/vstusb.h
 'L'	E0-FF	linux/ppdd.h		encrypted disk device driver
 					<http://linux01.gwdg.de/~alatham/ppdd.html>
-'M'	all	linux/soundcard.h
+'M'	all	linux/soundcard.h	conflict!
+'M'	01-16	mtd/mtd-abi.h		conflict!
+		and drivers/mtd/mtdchar.c
+'M'	01-03	drivers/scsi/megaraid/megaraid_sas.h
+'M'	00-0F	drivers/video/fsl-diu-fb.h	conflict!
 'N'	00-1F	drivers/usb/scanner.h
-'O'     00-02   include/mtd/ubi-user.h UBI
-'P'	all	linux/soundcard.h
+'O'     00-06   mtd/ubi-user.h		UBI
+'P'	all	linux/soundcard.h	conflict!
+'P'	60-6F	sound/sscape_ioctl.h	conflict!
+'P'	00-0F	drivers/usb/class/usblp.c	conflict!
 'Q'	all	linux/soundcard.h
-'R'	00-1F	linux/random.h
+'R'	00-1F	linux/random.h		conflict!
+'R'	01	linux/rfkill.h		conflict!
+'R'	01-0F	media/rds.h		conflict!
+'R'	C0-DF	net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h
 'S'	all	linux/cdrom.h		conflict!
 'S'	80-81	scsi/scsi_ioctl.h	conflict!
 'S'	82-FF	scsi/scsi.h		conflict!
+'S'	00-7F	sound/asequencer.h	conflict!
 'T'	all	linux/soundcard.h	conflict!
+'T'	00-AF	sound/asound.h		conflict!
 'T'	all	arch/x86/include/asm/ioctls.h	conflict!
-'U'	00-EF	linux/drivers/usb/usb.h
-'V'	all	linux/vt.h
+'T'	C0-DF	linux/if_tun.h		conflict!
+'U'	all	sound/asound.h		conflict!
+'U'	00-0F	drivers/media/video/uvc/uvcvideo.h	conflict!
+'U'	00-CF	linux/uinput.h		conflict!
+'U'	00-EF	linux/usbdevice_fs.h
+'U'	C0-CF	drivers/bluetooth/hci_uart.h
+'V'	all	linux/vt.h		conflict!
+'V'	all	linux/videodev2.h	conflict!
+'V'	C0	linux/ivtvfb.h		conflict!
+'V'	C0	linux/ivtv.h		conflict!
+'V'	C0	media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h	conflict!
+'V'	C0	media/si4713.h		conflict!
+'V'	C0-CF	drivers/media/video/mxb.h	conflict!
 'W'	00-1F	linux/watchdog.h	conflict!
 'W'	00-1F	linux/wanrouter.h	conflict!
-'X'	all	linux/xfs_fs.h
+'W'	00-3F	sound/asound.h		conflict!
+'X'	all	fs/xfs/xfs_fs.h		conflict!
+		and fs/xfs/linux-2.6/xfs_ioctl32.h
+		and include/linux/falloc.h
+		and linux/fs.h
+'X'	all	fs/ocfs2/ocfs_fs.h	conflict!
+'X'	01	linux/pktcdvd.h		conflict!
 'Y'	all	linux/cyclades.h
-'['	00-07	linux/usb/usbtmc.h	USB Test and Measurement Devices
+'Z'	14-15	drivers/message/fusion/mptctl.h
+'['	00-07	linux/usb/tmc.h		USB Test and Measurement Devices
 					<mailto:gregkh@suse.de>
-'a'	all				ATM on linux
+'a'	all	linux/atm*.h, linux/sonet.h	ATM on linux
 					<http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/linux-atm/magic.html>
-'b'	00-FF				bit3 vme host bridge
+'b'	00-FF				conflict! bit3 vme host bridge
 					<mailto:natalia@nikhefk.nikhef.nl>
+'b'	00-0F	media/bt819.h		conflict!
+'c'	all	linux/cm4000_cs.h	conflict!
 'c'	00-7F	linux/comstats.h	conflict!
 'c'	00-7F	linux/coda.h		conflict!
-'c'	80-9F	arch/s390/include/asm/chsc.h
-'c'	A0-AF   arch/x86/include/asm/msr.h
+'c'	00-1F	linux/chio.h		conflict!
+'c'	80-9F	arch/s390/include/asm/chsc.h	conflict!
+'c'	A0-AF   arch/x86/include/asm/msr.h	conflict!
 'd'	00-FF	linux/char/drm/drm/h	conflict!
+'d'	02-40	pcmcia/ds.h		conflict!
+'d'	10-3F	drivers/media/video/dabusb.h	conflict!
+'d'	C0-CF	drivers/media/video/saa7191.h	conflict!
 'd'	F0-FF	linux/digi1.h
 'e'	all	linux/digi1.h		conflict!
-'e'	00-1F	net/irda/irtty.h	conflict!
-'f'	00-1F	linux/ext2_fs.h
-'h'	00-7F				Charon filesystem
+'e'	00-1F	drivers/net/irda/irtty-sir.h	conflict!
+'f'	00-1F	linux/ext2_fs.h		conflict!
+'f'	00-1F	linux/ext3_fs.h		conflict!
+'f'	00-0F	fs/jfs/jfs_dinode.h	conflict!
+'f'	00-0F	fs/ext4/ext4.h		conflict!
+'f'	00-0F	linux/fs.h		conflict!
+'f'	00-0F	fs/ocfs2/ocfs2_fs.h	conflict!
+'g'	00-0F	linux/usb/gadgetfs.h
+'g'	20-2F	linux/usb/g_printer.h
+'h'	00-7F				conflict! Charon filesystem
 					<mailto:zapman@interlan.net>
-'i'	00-3F	linux/i2o.h
+'h'	00-1F	linux/hpet.h		conflict!
+'i'	00-3F	linux/i2o-dev.h		conflict!
+'i'	0B-1F	linux/ipmi.h		conflict!
+'i'	80-8F	linux/i8k.h
 'j'	00-3F	linux/joystick.h
+'k'	00-0F	linux/spi/spidev.h	conflict!
+'k'	00-05	video/kyro.h		conflict!
 'l'	00-3F	linux/tcfs_fs.h		transparent cryptographic file system
 					<http://mikonos.dia.unisa.it/tcfs>
 'l'	40-7F	linux/udf_fs_i.h	in development:
 					<http://sourceforge.net/projects/linux-udf/>
-'m'	00-09	linux/mmtimer.h
+'m'	00-09	linux/mmtimer.h		conflict!
 'm'	all	linux/mtio.h		conflict!
 'm'	all	linux/soundcard.h	conflict!
 'm'	all	linux/synclink.h	conflict!
+'m'	00-19	drivers/message/fusion/mptctl.h	conflict!
+'m'	00	drivers/scsi/megaraid/megaraid_ioctl.h	conflict!
 'm'	00-1F	net/irda/irmod.h	conflict!
-'n'	00-7F	linux/ncp_fs.h
+'n'	00-7F	linux/ncp_fs.h and fs/ncpfs/ioctl.c
 'n'	80-8F	linux/nilfs2_fs.h	NILFS2
-'n'	E0-FF	video/matrox.h          matroxfb
+'n'	E0-FF	linux/matroxfb.h	matroxfb
 'o'	00-1F	fs/ocfs2/ocfs2_fs.h	OCFS2
-'o'     00-03   include/mtd/ubi-user.h  conflict! (OCFS2 and UBI overlaps)
-'o'     40-41   include/mtd/ubi-user.h  UBI
-'o'     01-A1   include/linux/dvb/*.h DVB
+'o'     00-03   mtd/ubi-user.h		conflict! (OCFS2 and UBI overlaps)
+'o'     40-41   mtd/ubi-user.h		UBI
+'o'     01-A1   linux/dvb/*.h		DVB
 'p'	00-0F	linux/phantom.h		conflict! (OpenHaptics needs this)
+'p'	00-1F	linux/rtc.h		conflict!
 'p'	00-3F	linux/mc146818rtc.h	conflict!
 'p'	40-7F	linux/nvram.h
-'p'	80-9F				user-space parport
+'p'	80-9F	linux/ppdev.h		user-space parport
 					<mailto:tim@cyberelk.net>
-'p'	a1-a4	linux/pps.h		LinuxPPS
+'p'	A1-A4	linux/pps.h		LinuxPPS
 					<mailto:giometti@linux.it>
 'q'	00-1F	linux/serio.h
-'q'	80-FF				Internet PhoneJACK, Internet LineJACK
-					<http://www.quicknet.net>
-'r'	00-1F	linux/msdos_fs.h
+'q'	80-FF	linux/telephony.h	Internet PhoneJACK, Internet LineJACK
+		linux/ixjuser.h		<http://www.quicknet.net>
+'r'	00-1F	linux/msdos_fs.h and fs/fat/dir.c
 's'	all	linux/cdk.h
 't'	00-7F	linux/if_ppp.h
 't'	80-8F	linux/isdn_ppp.h
+'t'	90	linux/toshiba.h
 'u'	00-1F	linux/smb_fs.h
-'v'	00-1F	linux/ext2_fs.h		conflict!
 'v'	all	linux/videodev.h	conflict!
+'v'	00-1F	linux/ext2_fs.h		conflict!
+'v'	00-1F	linux/fs.h		conflict!
+'v'	00-0F	linux/sonypi.h		conflict!
+'v'	C0-CF	drivers/media/video/ov511.h	conflict!
+'v'	C0-DF	media/pwc-ioctl.h	conflict!
+'v'	C0-FF	linux/meye.h		conflict!
+'v'	C0-CF	drivers/media/video/zoran/zoran.h	conflict!
+'v'	D0-DF	drivers/media/video/cpia2/cpia2dev.h	conflict!
 'w'	all				CERN SCI driver
 'y'	00-1F				packet based user level communications
 					<mailto:zapman@interlan.net>
-'z'	00-3F				CAN bus card
+'z'	00-3F				CAN bus card	conflict!
 					<mailto:hdstich@connectu.ulm.circular.de>
-'z'	40-7F				CAN bus card
+'z'	40-7F				CAN bus card	conflict!
 					<mailto:oe@port.de>
+'z'	10-4F	drivers/s390/crypto/zcrypt_api.h	conflict!
 0x80	00-1F	linux/fb.h
 0x81	00-1F	linux/videotext.h
+0x88	00-3F	media/ovcamchip.h
 0x89	00-06	arch/x86/include/asm/sockios.h
 0x89	0B-DF	linux/sockios.h
 0x89	E0-EF	linux/sockios.h		SIOCPROTOPRIVATE range
+0x89	E0-EF	linux/dn.h		PROTOPRIVATE range
 0x89	F0-FF	linux/sockios.h		SIOCDEVPRIVATE range
 0x8B	all	linux/wireless.h
 0x8C	00-3F				WiNRADiO driver
 					<http://www.proximity.com.au/~brian/winradio/>
 0x90	00	drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h
+0x92	00-0F	drivers/usb/mon/mon_bin.c
 0x93	60-7F	linux/auto_fs.h
+0x94	all	fs/btrfs/ioctl.h
 0x99	00-0F				537-Addinboard driver
 					<mailto:buk@buks.ipn.de>
 0xA0	all	linux/sdp/sdp.h		Industrial Device Project
@@ -192,17 +302,22 @@ Code	Seq#	Include File		Comments
 0xAB	00-1F	linux/nbd.h
 0xAC	00-1F	linux/raw.h
 0xAD	00	Netfilter device	in development:
-					<mailto:rusty@rustcorp.com.au>	
+					<mailto:rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
 0xAE	all	linux/kvm.h		Kernel-based Virtual Machine
 					<mailto:kvm@vger.kernel.org>
 0xB0	all	RATIO devices		in development:
 					<mailto:vgo@ratio.de>
 0xB1	00-1F	PPPoX			<mailto:mostrows@styx.uwaterloo.ca>
+0xC0	00-0F	linux/usb/iowarrior.h
 0xCB	00-1F	CBM serial IEC bus	in development:
 					<mailto:michael.klein@puffin.lb.shuttle.de>
+0xCD	01	linux/reiserfs_fs.h
+0xCF	02	fs/cifs/ioctl.c
+0xDB	00-0F	drivers/char/mwave/mwavepub.h
 0xDD	00-3F	ZFCP device driver	see drivers/s390/scsi/
 					<mailto:aherrman@de.ibm.com>
-0xF3	00-3F	video/sisfb.h		sisfb (in development)
+0xF3	00-3F	drivers/usb/misc/sisusbvga/sisusb.h	sisfb (in development)
 					<mailto:thomas@winischhofer.net>
 0xF4	00-1F	video/mbxfb.h		mbxfb
 					<mailto:raph@8d.com>
+0xFD	all	linux/dm-ioctl.h
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
index bb3bf38f03da..6f8c1cabbc5d 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,17 @@
+Output files
+
+modules.order
+--------------------------------------------------
+This file records the order in which modules appear in Makefiles. This
+is used by modprobe to deterministically resolve aliases that match
+multiple modules.
+
+modules.builtin
+--------------------------------------------------
+This file lists all modules that are built into the kernel. This is used
+by modprobe to not fail when trying to load something builtin.
+
+
 Environment variables
 
 KCPPFLAGS
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
index 849b5e56d06f..49efae703979 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
@@ -103,10 +103,16 @@ KCONFIG_AUTOCONFIG
 This environment variable can be set to specify the path & name of the
 "auto.conf" file.  Its default value is "include/config/auto.conf".
 
+KCONFIG_TRISTATE
+--------------------------------------------------
+This environment variable can be set to specify the path & name of the
+"tristate.conf" file.  Its default value is "include/config/tristate.conf".
+
 KCONFIG_AUTOHEADER
 --------------------------------------------------
 This environment variable can be set to specify the path & name of the
-"autoconf.h" (header) file.  Its default value is "include/linux/autoconf.h".
+"autoconf.h" (header) file.
+Its default value is "include/generated/autoconf.h".
 
 
 ======================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt
index 348b9e5e28fc..27a52b35d55b 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt
@@ -214,11 +214,13 @@ The format of the block comment is like this:
  * (section header: (section description)? )*
 (*)?*/
 
-The short function description ***cannot be multiline***, but the other
-descriptions can be (and they can contain blank lines).  If you continue
-that initial short description onto a second line, that second line will
-appear further down at the beginning of the description section, which is
-almost certainly not what you had in mind.
+All "description" text can span multiple lines, although the
+function_name & its short description are traditionally on a single line.
+Description text may also contain blank lines (i.e., lines that contain
+only a "*").
+
+"section header:" names must be unique per function (or struct,
+union, typedef, enum).
 
 Avoid putting a spurious blank line after the function name, or else the
 description will be repeated!
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 3f886e298f62..736d45602886 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
 
 	acpi_sleep=	[HW,ACPI] Sleep options
 			Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep, s4_nohwsig,
-				  old_ordering, s4_nonvs }
+				  old_ordering, s4_nonvs, sci_force_enable }
 			See Documentation/power/video.txt for information on
 			s3_bios and s3_mode.
 			s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep
@@ -253,6 +253,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
 			of _PTS is used by default).
 			s4_nonvs prevents the kernel from saving/restoring the
 			ACPI NVS memory during hibernation.
+			sci_force_enable causes the kernel to set SCI_EN directly
+			on resume from S1/S3 (which is against the ACPI spec,
+			but some broken systems don't work without it).
 
 	acpi_use_timer_override [HW,ACPI]
 			Use timer override. For some broken Nvidia NF5 boards
@@ -1032,7 +1035,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
 			No delay
 
 	ip=		[IP_PNP]
-			See Documentation/filesystems/nfsroot.txt.
+			See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt.
 
 	ip2=		[HW] Set IO/IRQ pairs for up to 4 IntelliPort boards
 			See comment before ip2_setup() in
@@ -1553,10 +1556,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
 			going to be removed in 2.6.29.
 
 	nfsaddrs=	[NFS]
-			See Documentation/filesystems/nfsroot.txt.
+			See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt.
 
 	nfsroot=	[NFS] nfs root filesystem for disk-less boxes.
-			See Documentation/filesystems/nfsroot.txt.
+			See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt.
 
 	nfs.callback_tcpport=
 			[NFS] set the TCP port on which the NFSv4 callback
@@ -1787,6 +1790,11 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
 			waiting for the ACK, so if this is set too high
 			interrupts *may* be lost!
 
+	omap_mux=	[OMAP] Override bootloader pin multiplexing.
+			Format: <mux_mode0.mode_name=value>...
+			For example, to override I2C bus2:
+			omap_mux=i2c2_scl.i2c2_scl=0x100,i2c2_sda.i2c2_sda=0x100
+
 	opl3=		[HW,OSS]
 			Format: <io>
 
@@ -2724,6 +2732,11 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
 	vmpoff=		[KNL,S390] Perform z/VM CP command after power off.
 			Format: <command>
 
+	vt.cur_default=	[VT] Default cursor shape.
+			Format: 0xCCBBAA, where AA, BB, and CC are the same as
+			the parameters of the <Esc>[?A;B;Cc escape sequence;
+			see VGA-softcursor.txt. Default: 2 = underline.
+
 	vt.default_blu=	[VT]
 			Format: <blue0>,<blue1>,<blue2>,...,<blue15>
 			Change the default blue palette of the console.
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
index e1a114161027..2811e452f756 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ struct kvm_vcpu_events {
 		__u8 pad;
 	} nmi;
 	__u32 sipi_vector;
-	__u32 flags;   /* must be zero */
+	__u32 flags;
 };
 
 4.30 KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS
@@ -701,6 +701,14 @@ vcpu.
 
 See KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS for the data structure.
 
+Fields that may be modified asynchronously by running VCPUs can be excluded
+from the update. These fields are nmi.pending and sipi_vector. Keep the
+corresponding bits in the flags field cleared to suppress overwriting the
+current in-kernel state. The bits are:
+
+KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_NMI_PENDING - transfer nmi.pending to the kernel
+KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SIPI_VECTOR - transfer sipi_vector
+
 
 5. The kvm_run structure
 
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
index aafcaa634191..75afa1229fd7 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 		     ThinkPad ACPI Extras Driver
 
-                            Version 0.23
-                          April 10th, 2009
+                            Version 0.24
+                        December 11th,  2009
 
                Borislav Deianov <borislav@users.sf.net>
              Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
@@ -460,6 +460,8 @@ event	code	Key		Notes
 				For Lenovo ThinkPads with a new
 				BIOS, it has to be handled either
 				by the ACPI OSI, or by userspace.
+				The driver does the right thing,
+				never mess with this.
 0x1011	0x10	FN+END		Brightness down.  See brightness
 				up for details.
 
@@ -582,46 +584,15 @@ with hotkey_report_mode.
 
 Brightness hotkey notes:
 
-These are the current sane choices for brightness key mapping in
-thinkpad-acpi:
+Don't mess with the brightness hotkeys in a Thinkpad.  If you want
+notifications for OSD, use the sysfs backlight class event support.
 
-For IBM and Lenovo models *without* ACPI backlight control (the ones on
-which thinkpad-acpi will autoload its backlight interface by default,
-and on which ACPI video does not export a backlight interface):
-
-1. Don't enable or map the brightness hotkeys in thinkpad-acpi, as
-   these older firmware versions unfortunately won't respect the hotkey
-   mask for brightness keys anyway, and always reacts to them.  This
-   usually work fine, unless X.org drivers are doing something to block
-   the BIOS.  In that case, use (3) below.  This is the default mode of
-   operation.
-
-2. Enable the hotkeys, but map them to something else that is NOT
-   KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP/DOWN or any other keycode that would cause
-   userspace to try to change the backlight level, and use that as an
-   on-screen-display hint.
-
-3. IF AND ONLY IF X.org drivers find a way to block the firmware from
-   automatically changing the brightness, enable the hotkeys and map
-   them to KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP and KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN, and feed that to
-   something that calls xbacklight.  thinkpad-acpi will not be able to
-   change brightness in that case either, so you should disable its
-   backlight interface.
-
-For Lenovo models *with* ACPI backlight control:
-
-1. Load up ACPI video and use that.  ACPI video will report ACPI
-   events for brightness change keys.  Do not mess with thinkpad-acpi
-   defaults in this case.  thinkpad-acpi should not have anything to do
-   with backlight events in a scenario where ACPI video is loaded:
-   brightness hotkeys must be disabled, and the backlight interface is
-   to be kept disabled as well.  This is the default mode of operation.
-
-2. Do *NOT* load up ACPI video, enable the hotkeys in thinkpad-acpi,
-   and map them to KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP and KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN.  Process
-   these keys on userspace somehow (e.g. by calling xbacklight).
-   The driver will do this automatically if it detects that ACPI video
-   has been disabled.
+The driver will issue KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP and KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN events
+automatically for the cases were userspace has to do something to
+implement brightness changes.  When you override these events, you will
+either fail to handle properly the ThinkPads that require explicit
+action to change backlight brightness, or the ThinkPads that require
+that no action be taken to work properly.
 
 
 Bluetooth
@@ -1121,25 +1092,103 @@ WARNING:
     its level up and down at every change.
 
 
-Volume control -- /proc/acpi/ibm/volume
----------------------------------------
+Volume control (Console Audio control)
+--------------------------------------
+
+procfs: /proc/acpi/ibm/volume
+ALSA: "ThinkPad Console Audio Control", default ID: "ThinkPadEC"
+
+NOTE: by default, the volume control interface operates in read-only
+mode, as it is supposed to be used for on-screen-display purposes.
+The read/write mode can be enabled through the use of the
+"volume_control=1" module parameter.
+
+NOTE: distros are urged to not enable volume_control by default, this
+should be done by the local admin only.  The ThinkPad UI is for the
+console audio control to be done through the volume keys only, and for
+the desktop environment to just provide on-screen-display feedback.
+Software volume control should be done only in the main AC97/HDA
+mixer.
+
+
+About the ThinkPad Console Audio control:
+
+ThinkPads have a built-in amplifier and muting circuit that drives the
+console headphone and speakers.  This circuit is after the main AC97
+or HDA mixer in the audio path, and under exclusive control of the
+firmware.
+
+ThinkPads have three special hotkeys to interact with the console
+audio control: volume up, volume down and mute.
+
+It is worth noting that the normal way the mute function works (on
+ThinkPads that do not have a "mute LED") is:
 
-This feature allows volume control on ThinkPad models which don't have
-a hardware volume knob. The available commands are:
+1. Press mute to mute.  It will *always* mute, you can press it as
+   many times as you want, and the sound will remain mute.
+
+2. Press either volume key to unmute the ThinkPad (it will _not_
+   change the volume, it will just unmute).
+
+This is a very superior design when compared to the cheap software-only
+mute-toggle solution found on normal consumer laptops:  you can be
+absolutely sure the ThinkPad will not make noise if you press the mute
+button, no matter the previous state.
+
+The IBM ThinkPads, and the earlier Lenovo ThinkPads have variable-gain
+amplifiers driving the speakers and headphone output, and the firmware
+also handles volume control for the headphone and speakers on these
+ThinkPads without any help from the operating system (this volume
+control stage exists after the main AC97 or HDA mixer in the audio
+path).
+
+The newer Lenovo models only have firmware mute control, and depend on
+the main HDA mixer to do volume control (which is done by the operating
+system).  In this case, the volume keys are filtered out for unmute
+key press (there are some firmware bugs in this area) and delivered as
+normal key presses to the operating system (thinkpad-acpi is not
+involved).
+
+
+The ThinkPad-ACPI volume control:
+
+The preferred way to interact with the Console Audio control is the
+ALSA interface.
+
+The legacy procfs interface allows one to read the current state,
+and if volume control is enabled, accepts the following commands:
 
 	echo up   >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
 	echo down >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
 	echo mute >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
+	echo unmute >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
 	echo 'level <level>' >/proc/acpi/ibm/volume
 
-The <level> number range is 0 to 15 although not all of them may be
-distinct. The unmute the volume after the mute command, use either the
-up or down command (the level command will not unmute the volume).
-The current volume level and mute state is shown in the file.
+The <level> number range is 0 to 14 although not all of them may be
+distinct. To unmute the volume after the mute command, use either the
+up or down command (the level command will not unmute the volume), or
+the unmute command.
+
+You can use the volume_capabilities parameter to tell the driver
+whether your thinkpad has volume control or mute-only control:
+volume_capabilities=1 for mixers with mute and volume control,
+volume_capabilities=2 for mixers with only mute control.
+
+If the driver misdetects the capabilities for your ThinkPad model,
+please report this to ibm-acpi-devel@lists.sourceforge.net, so that we
+can update the driver.
+
+There are two strategies for volume control.  To select which one
+should be used, use the volume_mode module parameter: volume_mode=1
+selects EC mode, and volume_mode=3 selects EC mode with NVRAM backing
+(so that volume/mute changes are remembered across shutdown/reboot).
 
-The ALSA mixer interface to this feature is still missing, but patches
-to add it exist.  That problem should be addressed in the not so
-distant future.
+The driver will operate in volume_mode=3 by default. If that does not
+work well on your ThinkPad model, please report this to
+ibm-acpi-devel@lists.sourceforge.net.
+
+The driver supports the standard ALSA module parameters.  If the ALSA
+mixer is disabled, the driver will disable all volume functionality.
 
 
 Fan control and monitoring: fan speed, fan enable/disable
@@ -1405,6 +1454,7 @@ to enable more than one output class, just add their values.
 	0x0008			HKEY event interface, hotkeys
 	0x0010			Fan control
 	0x0020			Backlight brightness
+	0x0040			Audio mixer/volume control
 
 There is also a kernel build option to enable more debugging
 information, which may be necessary to debug driver problems.
@@ -1465,3 +1515,9 @@ Sysfs interface changelog:
 		and it is always able to disable hot keys.  Very old
 		thinkpads are properly supported.  hotkey_bios_mask
 		is deprecated and marked for removal.
+
+0x020600:	Marker for backlight change event support.
+
+0x020700:	Support for mute-only mixers.
+		Volume control in read-only mode by default.
+		Marker for ALSA mixer support.
diff --git a/Documentation/lockstat.txt b/Documentation/lockstat.txt
index 9cb9138f7a79..65f4c795015d 100644
--- a/Documentation/lockstat.txt
+++ b/Documentation/lockstat.txt
@@ -62,8 +62,20 @@ applicable).
 It also tracks 4 contention points per class. A contention point is a call site
 that had to wait on lock acquisition.
 
+ - CONFIGURATION
+
+Lock statistics are enabled via CONFIG_LOCK_STATS.
+
  - USAGE
 
+Enable collection of statistics:
+
+# echo 1 >/proc/sys/kernel/lock_stat
+
+Disable collection of statistics:
+
+# echo 0 >/proc/sys/kernel/lock_stat
+
 Look at the current lock statistics:
 
 ( line numbers not part of actual output, done for clarity in the explanation
diff --git a/Documentation/md.txt b/Documentation/md.txt
index 4edd39ec7db9..188f4768f1d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/md.txt
+++ b/Documentation/md.txt
@@ -233,9 +233,9 @@ All md devices contain:
 
   resync_start
      The point at which resync should start.  If no resync is needed,
-     this will be a very large number.  At array creation it will
-     default to 0, though starting the array as 'clean' will
-     set it much larger.
+     this will be a very large number (or 'none' since 2.6.30-rc1).  At
+     array creation it will default to 0, though starting the array as
+     'clean' will set it much larger.
 
    new_dev
      This file can be written but not read.  The value written should
@@ -296,6 +296,51 @@ All md devices contain:
      active-idle
          like active, but no writes have been seen for a while (safe_mode_delay).
 
+  bitmap/location
+     This indicates where the write-intent bitmap for the array is
+     stored.
+     It can be one of "none", "file" or "[+-]N".
+     "file" may later be extended to "file:/file/name"
+     "[+-]N" means that many sectors from the start of the metadata.
+       This is replicated on all devices.  For arrays with externally
+       managed metadata, the offset is from the beginning of the
+       device.
+  bitmap/chunksize
+     The size, in bytes, of the chunk which will be represented by a
+     single bit.  For RAID456, it is a portion of an individual
+     device. For RAID10, it is a portion of the array.  For RAID1, it
+     is both (they come to the same thing).
+  bitmap/time_base
+     The time, in seconds, between looking for bits in the bitmap to
+     be cleared. In the current implementation, a bit will be cleared
+     between 2 and 3 times "time_base" after all the covered blocks
+     are known to be in-sync.
+  bitmap/backlog
+     When write-mostly devices are active in a RAID1, write requests
+     to those devices proceed in the background - the filesystem (or
+     other user of the device) does not have to wait for them.
+     'backlog' sets a limit on the number of concurrent background
+     writes.  If there are more than this, new writes will by
+     synchronous.
+  bitmap/metadata
+     This can be either 'internal' or 'external'.
+     'internal' is the default and means the metadata for the bitmap
+     is stored in the first 256 bytes of the allocated space and is
+     managed by the md module.
+     'external' means that bitmap metadata is managed externally to
+     the kernel (i.e. by some userspace program)
+  bitmap/can_clear
+     This is either 'true' or 'false'.  If 'true', then bits in the
+     bitmap will be cleared when the corresponding blocks are thought
+     to be in-sync.  If 'false', bits will never be cleared.
+     This is automatically set to 'false' if a write happens on a
+     degraded array, or if the array becomes degraded during a write.
+     When metadata is managed externally, it should be set to true
+     once the array becomes non-degraded, and this fact has been
+     recorded in the metadata.
+     
+     
+     
 
 As component devices are added to an md array, they appear in the 'md'
 directory as new directories named
@@ -334,8 +379,9 @@ Each directory contains:
 	Writing "writemostly" sets the writemostly flag.
 	Writing "-writemostly" clears the writemostly flag.
 	Writing "blocked" sets the "blocked" flag.
-	Writing "-blocked" clear the "blocked" flag and allows writes
+	Writing "-blocked" clears the "blocked" flag and allows writes
 		to complete.
+	Writing "in_sync" sets the in_sync flag.
 
 	This file responds to select/poll. Any change to 'faulty'
 	or 'blocked' causes an event.
@@ -372,6 +418,24 @@ Each directory contains:
         array.  If a value less than the current component_size is
         written, it will be rejected.
 
+      recovery_start
+
+        When the device is not 'in_sync', this records the number of
+	sectors from the start of the device which are known to be
+	correct.  This is normally zero, but during a recovery
+	operation is will steadily increase, and if the recovery is
+	interrupted, restoring this value can cause recovery to
+	avoid repeating the earlier blocks.  With v1.x metadata, this
+	value is saved and restored automatically.
+
+	This can be set whenever the device is not an active member of
+	the array, either before the array is activated, or before
+	the 'slot' is set.
+
+	Setting this to 'none' is equivalent to setting 'in_sync'.
+	Setting to any other value also clears the 'in_sync' flag.
+	
+
 
 An active md device will also contain and entry for each active device
 in the array.  These are named
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
index bbc8a6a36921..57e7e9cc1870 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
@@ -160,12 +160,15 @@ Under each section, you can see 4 files.
 NOTE:
   These directories/files appear after physical memory hotplug phase.
 
-If CONFIG_NUMA is enabled the
-/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX memory section
-directories can also be accessed via symbolic links located in
-the /sys/devices/system/node/node* directories.  For example:
+If CONFIG_NUMA is enabled the memoryXXX/ directories can also be accessed
+via symbolic links located in the /sys/devices/system/node/node* directories.
+
+For example:
 /sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
 
+A backlink will also be created:
+/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
+
 --------------------------------
 4. Physical memory hot-add phase
 --------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/ad525x_dpot.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/ad525x_dpot.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0c9413b1cbf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/ad525x_dpot.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+---------------------------------
+  AD525x Digital Potentiometers
+---------------------------------
+
+The ad525x_dpot driver exports a simple sysfs interface.  This allows you to
+work with the immediate resistance settings as well as update the saved startup
+settings.  Access to the factory programmed tolerance is also provided, but
+interpretation of this settings is required by the end application according to
+the specific part in use.
+
+---------
+  Files
+---------
+
+Each dpot device will have a set of eeprom, rdac, and tolerance files.  How
+many depends on the actual part you have, as will the range of allowed values.
+
+The eeprom files are used to program the startup value of the device.
+
+The rdac files are used to program the immediate value of the device.
+
+The tolerance files are the read-only factory programmed tolerance settings
+and may vary greatly on a part-by-part basis.  For exact interpretation of
+this field, please consult the datasheet for your part.  This is presented
+as a hex file for easier parsing.
+
+-----------
+  Example
+-----------
+
+Locate the device in your sysfs tree.  This is probably easiest by going into
+the common i2c directory and locating the device by the i2c slave address.
+
+	# ls /sys/bus/i2c/devices/
+	0-0022  0-0027  0-002f
+
+So assuming the device in question is on the first i2c bus and has the slave
+address of 0x2f, we descend (unrelated sysfs entries have been trimmed).
+
+	# ls /sys/bus/i2c/devices/0-002f/
+	eeprom0 rdac0 tolerance0
+
+You can use simple reads/writes to access these files:
+
+	# cd /sys/bus/i2c/devices/0-002f/
+
+	# cat eeprom0
+	0
+	# echo 10 > eeprom0
+	# cat eeprom0
+	10
+
+	# cat rdac0
+	5
+	# echo 3 > rdac0
+	# cat rdac0
+	3
diff --git a/Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt b/Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt
index b565e8279d13..8e1ddec2c78a 100644
--- a/Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt
@@ -119,6 +119,32 @@ FURTHER NOTES ON NO-MMU MMAP
      granule but will only discard the excess if appropriately configured as
      this has an effect on fragmentation.
 
+ (*) The memory allocated by a request for an anonymous mapping will normally
+     be cleared by the kernel before being returned in accordance with the
+     Linux man pages (ver 2.22 or later).
+
+     In the MMU case this can be achieved with reasonable performance as
+     regions are backed by virtual pages, with the contents only being mapped
+     to cleared physical pages when a write happens on that specific page
+     (prior to which, the pages are effectively mapped to the global zero page
+     from which reads can take place).  This spreads out the time it takes to
+     initialize the contents of a page - depending on the write-usage of the
+     mapping.
+
+     In the no-MMU case, however, anonymous mappings are backed by physical
+     pages, and the entire map is cleared at allocation time.  This can cause
+     significant delays during a userspace malloc() as the C library does an
+     anonymous mapping and the kernel then does a memset for the entire map.
+
+     However, for memory that isn't required to be precleared - such as that
+     returned by malloc() - mmap() can take a MAP_UNINITIALIZED flag to
+     indicate to the kernel that it shouldn't bother clearing the memory before
+     returning it.  Note that CONFIG_MMAP_ALLOW_UNINITIALIZED must be enabled
+     to permit this, otherwise the flag will be ignored.
+
+     uClibc uses this to speed up malloc(), and the ELF-FDPIC binfmt uses this
+     to allocate the brk and stack region.
+
  (*) A list of all the private copy and anonymous mappings on the system is
      visible through /proc/maps in no-MMU mode.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
index 4a3109b28847..356fd86f4ea8 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
@@ -42,80 +42,81 @@ struct dev_pm_ops {
 	...
 };
 
-The ->runtime_suspend() callback is executed by the PM core for the bus type of
-the device being suspended.  The bus type's callback is then _entirely_
-_responsible_ for handling the device as appropriate, which may, but need not
-include executing the device driver's own ->runtime_suspend() callback (from the
+The ->runtime_suspend(), ->runtime_resume() and ->runtime_idle() callbacks are
+executed by the PM core for either the bus type, or device type (if the bus
+type's callback is not defined), or device class (if the bus type's and device
+type's callbacks are not defined) of given device.  The bus type, device type
+and device class callbacks are referred to as subsystem-level callbacks in what
+follows.
+
+The subsystem-level suspend callback is _entirely_ _responsible_ for handling
+the suspend of the device as appropriate, which may, but need not include
+executing the device driver's own ->runtime_suspend() callback (from the
 PM core's point of view it is not necessary to implement a ->runtime_suspend()
-callback in a device driver as long as the bus type's ->runtime_suspend() knows
-what to do to handle the device).
+callback in a device driver as long as the subsystem-level suspend callback
+knows what to do to handle the device).
 
-  * Once the bus type's ->runtime_suspend() callback has completed successfully
+  * Once the subsystem-level suspend callback has completed successfully
     for given device, the PM core regards the device as suspended, which need
     not mean that the device has been put into a low power state.  It is
     supposed to mean, however, that the device will not process data and will
-    not communicate with the CPU(s) and RAM until its bus type's
-    ->runtime_resume() callback is executed for it.  The run-time PM status of
-    a device after successful execution of its bus type's ->runtime_suspend()
-    callback is 'suspended'.
-
-  * If the bus type's ->runtime_suspend() callback returns -EBUSY or -EAGAIN,
-    the device's run-time PM status is supposed to be 'active', which means that
-    the device _must_ be fully operational afterwards.
-
-  * If the bus type's ->runtime_suspend() callback returns an error code
-    different from -EBUSY or -EAGAIN, the PM core regards this as a fatal
-    error and will refuse to run the helper functions described in Section 4
-    for the device, until the status of it is directly set either to 'active'
-    or to 'suspended' (the PM core provides special helper functions for this
-    purpose).
-
-In particular, if the driver requires remote wakeup capability for proper
-functioning and device_run_wake() returns 'false' for the device, then
-->runtime_suspend() should return -EBUSY.  On the other hand, if
-device_run_wake() returns 'true' for the device and the device is put
-into a low power state during the execution of its bus type's
-->runtime_suspend(), it is expected that remote wake-up (i.e. hardware mechanism
-allowing the device to request a change of its power state, such as PCI PME)
-will be enabled for the device.  Generally, remote wake-up should be enabled
-for all input devices put into a low power state at run time.
-
-The ->runtime_resume() callback is executed by the PM core for the bus type of
-the device being woken up.  The bus type's callback is then _entirely_
-_responsible_ for handling the device as appropriate, which may, but need not
-include executing the device driver's own ->runtime_resume() callback (from the
-PM core's point of view it is not necessary to implement a ->runtime_resume()
-callback in a device driver as long as the bus type's ->runtime_resume() knows
-what to do to handle the device).
-
-  * Once the bus type's ->runtime_resume() callback has completed successfully,
-    the PM core regards the device as fully operational, which means that the
-    device _must_ be able to complete I/O operations as needed.  The run-time
-    PM status of the device is then 'active'.
-
-  * If the bus type's ->runtime_resume() callback returns an error code, the PM
-    core regards this as a fatal error and will refuse to run the helper
-    functions described in Section 4 for the device, until its status is
-    directly set either to 'active' or to 'suspended' (the PM core provides
-    special helper functions for this purpose).
-
-The ->runtime_idle() callback is executed by the PM core for the bus type of
-given device whenever the device appears to be idle, which is indicated to the
-PM core by two counters, the device's usage counter and the counter of 'active'
-children of the device.
+    not communicate with the CPU(s) and RAM until the subsystem-level resume
+    callback is executed for it.  The run-time PM status of a device after
+    successful execution of the subsystem-level suspend callback is 'suspended'.
+
+  * If the subsystem-level suspend callback returns -EBUSY or -EAGAIN,
+    the device's run-time PM status is 'active', which means that the device
+    _must_ be fully operational afterwards.
+
+  * If the subsystem-level suspend callback returns an error code different
+    from -EBUSY or -EAGAIN, the PM core regards this as a fatal error and will
+    refuse to run the helper functions described in Section 4 for the device,
+    until the status of it is directly set either to 'active', or to 'suspended'
+    (the PM core provides special helper functions for this purpose).
+
+In particular, if the driver requires remote wake-up capability (i.e. hardware
+mechanism allowing the device to request a change of its power state, such as
+PCI PME) for proper functioning and device_run_wake() returns 'false' for the
+device, then ->runtime_suspend() should return -EBUSY.  On the other hand, if
+device_run_wake() returns 'true' for the device and the device is put into a low
+power state during the execution of the subsystem-level suspend callback, it is
+expected that remote wake-up will be enabled for the device.  Generally, remote
+wake-up should be enabled for all input devices put into a low power state at
+run time.
+
+The subsystem-level resume callback is _entirely_ _responsible_ for handling the
+resume of the device as appropriate, which may, but need not include executing
+the device driver's own ->runtime_resume() callback (from the PM core's point of
+view it is not necessary to implement a ->runtime_resume() callback in a device
+driver as long as the subsystem-level resume callback knows what to do to handle
+the device).
+
+  * Once the subsystem-level resume callback has completed successfully, the PM
+    core regards the device as fully operational, which means that the device
+    _must_ be able to complete I/O operations as needed.  The run-time PM status
+    of the device is then 'active'.
+
+  * If the subsystem-level resume callback returns an error code, the PM core
+    regards this as a fatal error and will refuse to run the helper functions
+    described in Section 4 for the device, until its status is directly set
+    either to 'active' or to 'suspended' (the PM core provides special helper
+    functions for this purpose).
+
+The subsystem-level idle callback is executed by the PM core whenever the device
+appears to be idle, which is indicated to the PM core by two counters, the
+device's usage counter and the counter of 'active' children of the device.
 
   * If any of these counters is decreased using a helper function provided by
     the PM core and it turns out to be equal to zero, the other counter is
     checked.  If that counter also is equal to zero, the PM core executes the
-    device bus type's ->runtime_idle() callback (with the device as an
-    argument).
+    subsystem-level idle callback with the device as an argument.
 
-The action performed by a bus type's ->runtime_idle() callback is totally
-dependent on the bus type in question, but the expected and recommended action
-is to check if the device can be suspended (i.e. if all of the conditions
-necessary for suspending the device are satisfied) and to queue up a suspend
-request for the device in that case.  The value returned by this callback is
-ignored by the PM core.
+The action performed by a subsystem-level idle callback is totally dependent on
+the subsystem in question, but the expected and recommended action is to check
+if the device can be suspended (i.e. if all of the conditions necessary for
+suspending the device are satisfied) and to queue up a suspend request for the
+device in that case.  The value returned by this callback is ignored by the PM
+core.
 
 The helper functions provided by the PM core, described in Section 4, guarantee
 that the following constraints are met with respect to the bus type's run-time
@@ -238,41 +239,41 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
       removing the device from device hierarchy
 
   int pm_runtime_idle(struct device *dev);
-    - execute ->runtime_idle() for the device's bus type; returns 0 on success
-      or error code on failure, where -EINPROGRESS means that ->runtime_idle()
-      is already being executed
+    - execute the subsystem-level idle callback for the device; returns 0 on
+      success or error code on failure, where -EINPROGRESS means that
+      ->runtime_idle() is already being executed
 
   int pm_runtime_suspend(struct device *dev);
-    - execute ->runtime_suspend() for the device's bus type; returns 0 on
+    - execute the subsystem-level suspend callback for the device; returns 0 on
       success, 1 if the device's run-time PM status was already 'suspended', or
       error code on failure, where -EAGAIN or -EBUSY means it is safe to attempt
       to suspend the device again in future
 
   int pm_runtime_resume(struct device *dev);
-    - execute ->runtime_resume() for the device's bus type; returns 0 on
+    - execute the subsystem-leve resume callback for the device; returns 0 on
       success, 1 if the device's run-time PM status was already 'active' or
       error code on failure, where -EAGAIN means it may be safe to attempt to
       resume the device again in future, but 'power.runtime_error' should be
       checked additionally
 
   int pm_request_idle(struct device *dev);
-    - submit a request to execute ->runtime_idle() for the device's bus type
-      (the request is represented by a work item in pm_wq); returns 0 on success
-      or error code if the request has not been queued up
+    - submit a request to execute the subsystem-level idle callback for the
+      device (the request is represented by a work item in pm_wq); returns 0 on
+      success or error code if the request has not been queued up
 
   int pm_schedule_suspend(struct device *dev, unsigned int delay);
-    - schedule the execution of ->runtime_suspend() for the device's bus type
-      in future, where 'delay' is the time to wait before queuing up a suspend
-      work item in pm_wq, in milliseconds (if 'delay' is zero, the work item is
-      queued up immediately); returns 0 on success, 1 if the device's PM
+    - schedule the execution of the subsystem-level suspend callback for the
+      device in future, where 'delay' is the time to wait before queuing up a
+      suspend work item in pm_wq, in milliseconds (if 'delay' is zero, the work
+      item is queued up immediately); returns 0 on success, 1 if the device's PM
       run-time status was already 'suspended', or error code if the request
       hasn't been scheduled (or queued up if 'delay' is 0); if the execution of
       ->runtime_suspend() is already scheduled and not yet expired, the new
       value of 'delay' will be used as the time to wait
 
   int pm_request_resume(struct device *dev);
-    - submit a request to execute ->runtime_resume() for the device's bus type
-      (the request is represented by a work item in pm_wq); returns 0 on
+    - submit a request to execute the subsystem-level resume callback for the
+      device (the request is represented by a work item in pm_wq); returns 0 on
       success, 1 if the device's run-time PM status was already 'active', or
       error code if the request hasn't been queued up
 
@@ -303,12 +304,12 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
       run-time PM callbacks described in Section 2
 
   int pm_runtime_disable(struct device *dev);
-    - prevent the run-time PM helper functions from running the device bus
-      type's run-time PM callbacks, make sure that all of the pending run-time
-      PM operations on the device are either completed or canceled; returns
-      1 if there was a resume request pending and it was necessary to execute
-      ->runtime_resume() for the device's bus type to satisfy that request,
-      otherwise 0 is returned
+    - prevent the run-time PM helper functions from running subsystem-level
+      run-time PM callbacks for the device, make sure that all of the pending
+      run-time PM operations on the device are either completed or canceled;
+      returns 1 if there was a resume request pending and it was necessary to
+      execute the subsystem-level resume callback for the device to satisfy that
+      request, otherwise 0 is returned
 
   void pm_suspend_ignore_children(struct device *dev, bool enable);
     - set/unset the power.ignore_children flag of the device
@@ -378,5 +379,55 @@ pm_runtime_suspend() or pm_runtime_idle() or their asynchronous counterparts,
 they will fail returning -EAGAIN, because the device's usage counter is
 incremented by the core before executing ->probe() and ->remove().  Still, it
 may be desirable to suspend the device as soon as ->probe() or ->remove() has
-finished, so the PM core uses pm_runtime_idle_sync() to invoke the device bus
-type's ->runtime_idle() callback at that time.
+finished, so the PM core uses pm_runtime_idle_sync() to invoke the
+subsystem-level idle callback for the device at that time.
+
+6. Run-time PM and System Sleep
+
+Run-time PM and system sleep (i.e., system suspend and hibernation, also known
+as suspend-to-RAM and suspend-to-disk) interact with each other in a couple of
+ways.  If a device is active when a system sleep starts, everything is
+straightforward.  But what should happen if the device is already suspended?
+
+The device may have different wake-up settings for run-time PM and system sleep.
+For example, remote wake-up may be enabled for run-time suspend but disallowed
+for system sleep (device_may_wakeup(dev) returns 'false').  When this happens,
+the subsystem-level system suspend callback is responsible for changing the
+device's wake-up setting (it may leave that to the device driver's system
+suspend routine).  It may be necessary to resume the device and suspend it again
+in order to do so.  The same is true if the driver uses different power levels
+or other settings for run-time suspend and system sleep.
+
+During system resume, devices generally should be brought back to full power,
+even if they were suspended before the system sleep began.  There are several
+reasons for this, including:
+
+  * The device might need to switch power levels, wake-up settings, etc.
+
+  * Remote wake-up events might have been lost by the firmware.
+
+  * The device's children may need the device to be at full power in order
+    to resume themselves.
+
+  * The driver's idea of the device state may not agree with the device's
+    physical state.  This can happen during resume from hibernation.
+
+  * The device might need to be reset.
+
+  * Even though the device was suspended, if its usage counter was > 0 then most
+    likely it would need a run-time resume in the near future anyway.
+
+  * Always going back to full power is simplest.
+
+If the device was suspended before the sleep began, then its run-time PM status
+will have to be updated to reflect the actual post-system sleep status.  The way
+to do this is:
+
+	pm_runtime_disable(dev);
+	pm_runtime_set_active(dev);
+	pm_runtime_enable(dev);
+
+The PM core always increments the run-time usage counter before calling the
+->prepare() callback and decrements it after calling the ->complete() callback.
+Hence disabling run-time PM temporarily like this will not cause any run-time
+suspend callbacks to be lost.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..515ebcf1b97d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+PPC440SPe DMA/XOR (DMA Controller and XOR Accelerator)
+
+Device nodes needed for operation of the ppc440spe-adma driver
+are specified hereby. These are I2O/DMA, DMA and XOR nodes
+for DMA engines and Memory Queue Module node. The latter is used
+by ADMA driver for configuration of RAID-6 H/W capabilities of
+the PPC440SPe. In addition to the nodes and properties described
+below, the ranges property of PLB node must specify ranges for
+DMA devices.
+
+ i) The I2O node
+
+ Required properties:
+
+ - compatible		: "ibm,i2o-440spe";
+ - reg			: <registers mapping>
+ - dcr-reg		: <DCR registers range>
+
+ Example:
+
+	I2O: i2o@400100000 {
+		compatible = "ibm,i2o-440spe";
+		reg = <0x00000004 0x00100000 0x100>;
+		dcr-reg = <0x060 0x020>;
+	};
+
+
+ ii) The DMA node
+
+ Required properties:
+
+ - compatible		: "ibm,dma-440spe";
+ - cell-index		: 1 cell, hardware index of the DMA engine
+			  (typically 0x0 and 0x1 for DMA0 and DMA1)
+ - reg			: <registers mapping>
+ - dcr-reg		: <DCR registers range>
+ - interrupts		: <interrupt mapping for DMA0/1 interrupts sources:
+			   2 sources: DMAx CS FIFO Needs Service IRQ (on UIC0)
+			   and DMA Error IRQ (on UIC1). The latter is common
+			   for both DMA engines>.
+ - interrupt-parent	: needed for interrupt mapping
+
+ Example:
+
+	DMA0: dma0@400100100 {
+		compatible = "ibm,dma-440spe";
+		cell-index = <0>;
+		reg = <0x00000004 0x00100100 0x100>;
+		dcr-reg = <0x060 0x020>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&DMA0>;
+		interrupts = <0 1>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		#address-cells = <0>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		interrupt-map = <
+			0 &UIC0 0x14 4
+			1 &UIC1 0x16 4>;
+	};
+
+
+ iii) XOR Accelerator node
+
+ Required properties:
+
+ - compatible		: "amcc,xor-accelerator";
+ - reg			: <registers mapping>
+ - interrupts		: <interrupt mapping for XOR interrupt source>
+ - interrupt-parent	: for interrupt mapping
+
+ Example:
+
+	xor-accel@400200000 {
+		compatible = "amcc,xor-accelerator";
+		reg = <0x00000004 0x00200000 0x400>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&UIC1>;
+		interrupts = <0x1f 4>;
+	};
+
+
+ iv) Memory Queue Module node
+
+ Required properties:
+
+ - compatible		: "ibm,mq-440spe";
+ - dcr-reg		: <DCR registers range>
+
+ Example:
+
+	MQ0: mq {
+		compatible = "ibm,mq-440spe";
+		dcr-reg = <0x040 0x020>;
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt
index e8b5bc24d0ac..39e941515a36 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt
@@ -20,12 +20,16 @@ Required properities:
 - compatible : should be "fsl,fpga-pixis".
 - reg : should contain the address and the length of the FPPGA register
   set.
+- interrupt-parent: should specify phandle for the interrupt controller.
+- interrupts : should specify event (wakeup) IRQ.
 
 Example (MPC8610HPCD):
 
 	board-control@e8000000 {
 		compatible = "fsl,fpga-pixis";
 		reg = <0xe8000000 32>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
+		interrupts = <8 8>;
 	};
 
 * Freescale BCSR GPIO banks
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpc5200.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpc5200.txt
index cabc780f7258..5c6602dbfdc2 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpc5200.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpc5200.txt
@@ -103,7 +103,22 @@ fsl,mpc5200-gpt nodes
 ---------------------
 On the mpc5200 and 5200b, GPT0 has a watchdog timer function.  If the board
 design supports the internal wdt, then the device node for GPT0 should
-include the empty property 'fsl,has-wdt'.
+include the empty property 'fsl,has-wdt'.  Note that this does not activate
+the watchdog.  The timer will function as a GPT if the timer api is used, and
+it will function as watchdog if the watchdog device is used.  The watchdog
+mode has priority over the gpt mode, i.e. if the watchdog is activated, any
+gpt api call to this timer will fail with -EBUSY.
+
+If you add the property
+	fsl,wdt-on-boot = <n>;
+GPT0 will be marked as in-use watchdog, i.e. blocking every gpt access to it.
+If n>0, the watchdog is started with a timeout of n seconds.  If n=0, the
+configuration of the watchdog is not touched.  This is useful in two cases:
+- just mark GPT0 as watchdog, blocking gpt accesses, and configure it later;
+- do not touch a configuration assigned by the boot loader which supervises
+  the boot process itself.
+
+The watchdog will respect the CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT option.
 
 An mpc5200-gpt can be used as a single line GPIO controller.  To do so,
 add the following properties to the gpt node:
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpic.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..71e39cf3215b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+* OpenPIC and its interrupt numbers on Freescale's e500/e600 cores
+
+The OpenPIC specification does not specify which interrupt source has to
+become which interrupt number. This is up to the software implementation
+of the interrupt controller. The only requirement is that every
+interrupt source has to have an unique interrupt number / vector number.
+To accomplish this the current implementation assigns the number zero to
+the first source, the number one to the second source and so on until
+all interrupt sources have their unique number.
+Usually the assigned vector number equals the interrupt number mentioned
+in the documentation for a given core / CPU. This is however not true
+for the e500 cores (MPC85XX CPUs) where the documentation distinguishes
+between internal and external interrupt sources and starts counting at
+zero for both of them.
+
+So what to write for external interrupt source X or internal interrupt
+source Y into the device tree? Here is an example:
+
+The memory map for the interrupt controller in the MPC8544[0] shows,
+that the first interrupt source starts at 0x5_0000 (PIC Register Address
+Map-Interrupt Source Configuration Registers). This source becomes the
+number zero therefore:
+ External interrupt 0 = interrupt number 0
+ External interrupt 1 = interrupt number 1
+ External interrupt 2 = interrupt number 2
+ ...
+Every interrupt number allocates 0x20 bytes register space. So to get
+its number it is sufficient to shift the lower 16bits to right by five.
+So for the external interrupt 10 we have:
+  0x0140 >> 5 = 10
+
+After the external sources, the internal sources follow. The in core I2C
+controller on the MPC8544 for instance has the internal source number
+27. Oo obtain its interrupt number we take the lower 16bits of its memory
+address (0x5_0560) and shift it right:
+ 0x0560 >> 5 = 43
+
+Therefore the I2C device node for the MPC8544 CPU has to have the
+interrupt number 43 specified in the device tree.
+
+[0] MPC8544E PowerQUICCTM III, Integrated Host Processor Family Reference Manual
+    MPC8544ERM Rev. 1 10/2007
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/gamecube.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/gamecube.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b558585b1aaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/gamecube.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+
+Nintendo GameCube device tree
+=============================
+
+1) The "flipper" node
+
+  This node represents the multi-function "Flipper" chip, which packages
+  many of the devices found in the Nintendo GameCube.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : Should be "nintendo,flipper"
+
+1.a) The Video Interface (VI) node
+
+  Represents the interface between the graphics processor and a external
+  video encoder.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-vi"
+   - reg : should contain the VI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the VI interrupt
+
+1.b) The Processor Interface (PI) node
+
+  Represents the data and control interface between the main processor
+  and graphics and audio processor.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-pi"
+  - reg : should contain the PI registers location and length
+
+1.b.i) The "Flipper" interrupt controller node
+
+  Represents the interrupt controller within the "Flipper" chip.
+  The node for the "Flipper" interrupt controller must be placed under
+  the PI node.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-pic"
+
+1.c) The Digital Signal Procesor (DSP) node
+
+  Represents the digital signal processor interface, designed to offload
+  audio related tasks.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-dsp"
+   - reg : should contain the DSP registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the DSP interrupt
+
+1.c.i) The Auxiliary RAM (ARAM) node
+
+  Represents the non cpu-addressable ram designed mainly to store audio
+  related information.
+  The ARAM node must be placed under the DSP node.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-aram"
+   - reg : should contain the ARAM start (zero-based) and length
+
+1.d) The Disk Interface (DI) node
+
+  Represents the interface used to communicate with mass storage devices.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-di"
+   - reg : should contain the DI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the DI interrupt
+
+1.e) The Audio Interface (AI) node
+
+  Represents the interface to the external 16-bit stereo digital-to-analog
+  converter.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-ai"
+   - reg : should contain the AI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the AI interrupt
+
+1.f) The Serial Interface (SI) node
+
+  Represents the interface to the four single bit serial interfaces.
+  The SI is a proprietary serial interface used normally to control gamepads.
+  It's NOT a RS232-type interface.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-si"
+   - reg : should contain the SI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the SI interrupt
+
+1.g) The External Interface (EXI) node
+
+  Represents the multi-channel SPI-like interface.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-exi"
+   - reg : should contain the EXI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the EXI interrupt
+
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/wii.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/wii.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a7e155a023b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/wii.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+
+Nintendo Wii device tree
+========================
+
+0) The root node
+
+  This node represents the Nintendo Wii video game console.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - model : Should be "nintendo,wii"
+   - compatible : Should be "nintendo,wii"
+
+1) The "hollywood" node
+
+  This node represents the multi-function "Hollywood" chip, which packages
+  many of the devices found in the Nintendo Wii.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : Should be "nintendo,hollywood"
+
+1.a) The Video Interface (VI) node
+
+  Represents the interface between the graphics processor and a external
+  video encoder.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-vi","nintendo,flipper-vi"
+   - reg : should contain the VI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the VI interrupt
+
+1.b) The Processor Interface (PI) node
+
+  Represents the data and control interface between the main processor
+  and graphics and audio processor.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-pi","nintendo,flipper-pi"
+  - reg : should contain the PI registers location and length
+
+1.b.i) The "Flipper" interrupt controller node
+
+  Represents the "Flipper" interrupt controller within the "Hollywood" chip.
+  The node for the "Flipper" interrupt controller must be placed under
+  the PI node.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+  - #interrupt-cells : <1>
+  - compatible : should be "nintendo,flipper-pic"
+  - interrupt-controller
+
+1.c) The Digital Signal Procesor (DSP) node
+
+  Represents the digital signal processor interface, designed to offload
+  audio related tasks.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-dsp","nintendo,flipper-dsp"
+   - reg : should contain the DSP registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the DSP interrupt
+
+1.d) The Serial Interface (SI) node
+
+  Represents the interface to the four single bit serial interfaces.
+  The SI is a proprietary serial interface used normally to control gamepads.
+  It's NOT a RS232-type interface.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-si","nintendo,flipper-si"
+   - reg : should contain the SI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the SI interrupt
+
+1.e) The Audio Interface (AI) node
+
+  Represents the interface to the external 16-bit stereo digital-to-analog
+  converter.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-ai","nintendo,flipper-ai"
+   - reg : should contain the AI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the AI interrupt
+
+1.f) The External Interface (EXI) node
+
+  Represents the multi-channel SPI-like interface.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-exi","nintendo,flipper-exi"
+   - reg : should contain the EXI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the EXI interrupt
+
+1.g) The Open Host Controller Interface (OHCI) nodes
+
+  Represent the USB 1.x Open Host Controller Interfaces.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-usb-ohci","usb-ohci"
+   - reg : should contain the OHCI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the OHCI interrupt
+
+1.h) The Enhanced Host Controller Interface (EHCI) node
+
+  Represents the USB 2.0 Enhanced Host Controller Interface.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-usb-ehci","usb-ehci"
+   - reg : should contain the EHCI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the EHCI interrupt
+
+1.i) The Secure Digital Host Controller Interface (SDHCI) nodes
+
+  Represent the Secure Digital Host Controller Interfaces.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-sdhci","sdhci"
+   - reg : should contain the SDHCI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the SDHCI interrupt
+
+1.j) The Inter-Processsor Communication (IPC) node
+
+  Represent the Inter-Processor Communication interface. This interface
+  enables communications between the Broadway and the Starlet processors.
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-ipc"
+   - reg : should contain the IPC registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the IPC interrupt
+
+1.k) The "Hollywood" interrupt controller node
+
+  Represents the "Hollywood" interrupt controller within the
+  "Hollywood" chip.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+  - #interrupt-cells : <1>
+  - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-pic"
+  - reg : should contain the controller registers location and length
+  - interrupt-controller
+  - interrupts : should contain the cascade interrupt of the "flipper" pic
+  - interrupt-parent: should contain the phandle of the "flipper" pic
+
+1.l) The General Purpose I/O (GPIO) controller node
+
+  Represents the dual access 32 GPIO controller interface.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+  - #gpio-cells : <2>
+  - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-gpio"
+  - reg : should contain the IPC registers location and length
+  - gpio-controller
+
+1.m) The control node
+
+  Represents the control interface used to setup several miscellaneous
+  settings of the "Hollywood" chip like boot memory mappings, resets,
+  disk interface mode, etc.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-control"
+   - reg : should contain the control registers location and length
+
+1.n) The Disk Interface (DI) node
+
+  Represents the interface used to communicate with mass storage devices.
+
+  Required properties:
+
+   - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-di"
+   - reg : should contain the DI registers location and length
+   - interrupts : should contain the DI interrupt
+
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
index e93affff3af8..e72cee9e2a71 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
@@ -403,4 +403,5 @@ STAC9872
 Cirrus Logic CS4206/4207
 ========================
   mbp55		MacBook Pro 5,5
+  imac27	IMac 27 Inch
   auto		BIOS setup (default)
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt
index 719a819f8cc2..07301de12cc4 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ card*/pcm*/xrun_debug
 	It takes an integer value, can be changed by writing to this
 	file, such as
 
-		 # cat 5 > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/xrun_debug
+		 # echo 5 > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/xrun_debug
 
 	The value consists of the following bit flags:
 	  bit 0 = Enable XRUN/jiffies debug messages
diff --git a/Documentation/spinlocks.txt b/Documentation/spinlocks.txt
index 619699dde593..178c831b907d 100644
--- a/Documentation/spinlocks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/spinlocks.txt
@@ -1,73 +1,8 @@
-SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED and RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED defeat lockdep state tracking and
-are hence deprecated.
+Lesson 1: Spin locks
 
-Please use DEFINE_SPINLOCK()/DEFINE_RWLOCK() or
-__SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED()/__RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED() as appropriate for static
-initialization.
-
-Most of the time, you can simply turn:
-
-	static spinlock_t xxx_lock = SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
-
-into:
-
-	static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(xxx_lock);
-
-Static structure member variables go from:
-
-	struct foo bar {
-		.lock	=	SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
-	};
-
-to:
-
-	struct foo bar {
-		.lock	=	__SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED(bar.lock);
-	};
-
-Declaration of static rw_locks undergo a similar transformation.
-
-Dynamic initialization, when necessary, may be performed as
-demonstrated below.
-
-   spinlock_t xxx_lock;
-   rwlock_t xxx_rw_lock;
-
-   static int __init xxx_init(void)
-   {
-   	spin_lock_init(&xxx_lock);
-	rwlock_init(&xxx_rw_lock);
-	...
-   }
-
-   module_init(xxx_init);
-
-The following discussion is still valid, however, with the dynamic
-initialization of spinlocks or with DEFINE_SPINLOCK, etc., used
-instead of SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED.
-
------------------------
-
-On Fri, 2 Jan 1998, Doug Ledford wrote:
-> 
-> I'm working on making the aic7xxx driver more SMP friendly (as well as
-> importing the latest FreeBSD sequencer code to have 7895 support) and wanted
-> to get some info from you.  The goal here is to make the various routines
-> SMP safe as well as UP safe during interrupts and other manipulating
-> routines.  So far, I've added a spin_lock variable to things like my queue
-> structs.  Now, from what I recall, there are some spin lock functions I can
-> use to lock these spin locks from other use as opposed to a (nasty)
-> save_flags(); cli(); stuff; restore_flags(); construct.  Where do I find
-> these routines and go about making use of them?  Do they only lock on a
-> per-processor basis or can they also lock say an interrupt routine from
-> mucking with a queue if the queue routine was manipulating it when the
-> interrupt occurred, or should I still use a cli(); based construct on that
-> one?
-
-See <asm/spinlock.h>. The basic version is:
-
-   spinlock_t xxx_lock = SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
+The most basic primitive for locking is spinlock.
 
+static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(xxx_lock);
 
 	unsigned long flags;
 
@@ -75,13 +10,11 @@ See <asm/spinlock.h>. The basic version is:
 	... critical section here ..
 	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&xxx_lock, flags);
 
-and the above is always safe. It will disable interrupts _locally_, but the
+The above is always safe. It will disable interrupts _locally_, but the
 spinlock itself will guarantee the global lock, so it will guarantee that
 there is only one thread-of-control within the region(s) protected by that
-lock. 
-
-Note that it works well even under UP - the above sequence under UP
-essentially is just the same as doing a
+lock. This works well even under UP. The above sequence under UP
+essentially is just the same as doing
 
 	unsigned long flags;
 
@@ -91,15 +24,13 @@ essentially is just the same as doing a
 
 so the code does _not_ need to worry about UP vs SMP issues: the spinlocks
 work correctly under both (and spinlocks are actually more efficient on
-architectures that allow doing the "save_flags + cli" in one go because I
-don't export that interface normally).
+architectures that allow doing the "save_flags + cli" in one operation).
+
+   NOTE! Implications of spin_locks for memory are further described in:
 
-NOTE NOTE NOTE! The reason the spinlock is so much faster than a global
-interrupt lock under SMP is exactly because it disables interrupts only on
-the local CPU. The spin-lock is safe only when you _also_ use the lock
-itself to do locking across CPU's, which implies that EVERYTHING that
-touches a shared variable has to agree about the spinlock they want to
-use.
+     Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
+       (5) LOCK operations.
+       (6) UNLOCK operations.
 
 The above is usually pretty simple (you usually need and want only one
 spinlock for most things - using more than one spinlock can make things a
@@ -120,20 +51,24 @@ and another sequence that does
 then they are NOT mutually exclusive, and the critical regions can happen
 at the same time on two different CPU's. That's fine per se, but the
 critical regions had better be critical for different things (ie they
-can't stomp on each other). 
+can't stomp on each other).
 
 The above is a problem mainly if you end up mixing code - for example the
 routines in ll_rw_block() tend to use cli/sti to protect the atomicity of
 their actions, and if a driver uses spinlocks instead then you should
-think about issues like the above..
+think about issues like the above.
 
 This is really the only really hard part about spinlocks: once you start
 using spinlocks they tend to expand to areas you might not have noticed
 before, because you have to make sure the spinlocks correctly protect the
 shared data structures _everywhere_ they are used. The spinlocks are most
-easily added to places that are completely independent of other code (ie
-internal driver data structures that nobody else ever touches, for
-example). 
+easily added to places that are completely independent of other code (for
+example, internal driver data structures that nobody else ever touches).
+
+   NOTE! The spin-lock is safe only when you _also_ use the lock itself
+   to do locking across CPU's, which implies that EVERYTHING that
+   touches a shared variable has to agree about the spinlock they want
+   to use.
 
 ----
 
@@ -141,13 +76,17 @@ Lesson 2: reader-writer spinlocks.
 
 If your data accesses have a very natural pattern where you usually tend
 to mostly read from the shared variables, the reader-writer locks
-(rw_lock) versions of the spinlocks are often nicer. They allow multiple
+(rw_lock) versions of the spinlocks are sometimes useful. They allow multiple
 readers to be in the same critical region at once, but if somebody wants
-to change the variables it has to get an exclusive write lock. The
-routines look the same as above:
+to change the variables it has to get an exclusive write lock.
 
-   rwlock_t xxx_lock = RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
+   NOTE! reader-writer locks require more atomic memory operations than
+   simple spinlocks.  Unless the reader critical section is long, you
+   are better off just using spinlocks.
 
+The routines look the same as above:
+
+   rwlock_t xxx_lock = RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
 
 	unsigned long flags;
 
@@ -159,18 +98,21 @@ routines look the same as above:
 	.. read and write exclusive access to the info ...
 	write_unlock_irqrestore(&xxx_lock, flags);
 
-The above kind of lock is useful for complex data structures like linked
-lists etc, especially when you know that most of the work is to just
-traverse the list searching for entries without changing the list itself,
-for example. Then you can use the read lock for that kind of list
-traversal, which allows many concurrent readers. Anything that _changes_
-the list will have to get the write lock. 
+The above kind of lock may be useful for complex data structures like
+linked lists, especially searching for entries without changing the list
+itself.  The read lock allows many concurrent readers.  Anything that
+_changes_ the list will have to get the write lock.
+
+   NOTE! RCU is better for list traversal, but requires careful
+   attention to design detail (see Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt).
 
-Note: you cannot "upgrade" a read-lock to a write-lock, so if you at _any_
+Also, you cannot "upgrade" a read-lock to a write-lock, so if you at _any_
 time need to do any changes (even if you don't do it every time), you have
-to get the write-lock at the very beginning. I could fairly easily add a
-primitive to create a "upgradeable" read-lock, but it hasn't been an issue
-yet. Tell me if you'd want one. 
+to get the write-lock at the very beginning.
+
+   NOTE! We are working hard to remove reader-writer spinlocks in most
+   cases, so please don't add a new one without consensus.  (Instead, see
+   Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt for complete information.)
 
 ----
 
@@ -233,4 +175,46 @@ indeed), while write-locks need to protect themselves against interrupts.
 
 		Linus
 
+----
+
+Reference information:
+
+For dynamic initialization, use spin_lock_init() or rwlock_init() as
+appropriate:
+
+   spinlock_t xxx_lock;
+   rwlock_t xxx_rw_lock;
+
+   static int __init xxx_init(void)
+   {
+	spin_lock_init(&xxx_lock);
+	rwlock_init(&xxx_rw_lock);
+	...
+   }
+
+   module_init(xxx_init);
+
+For static initialization, use DEFINE_SPINLOCK() / DEFINE_RWLOCK() or
+__SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED() / __RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED() as appropriate.
+
+SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED and RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED are deprecated.  These interfere
+with lockdep state tracking.
+
+Most of the time, you can simply turn:
+	static spinlock_t xxx_lock = SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
+into:
+	static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(xxx_lock);
+
+Static structure member variables go from:
+
+	struct foo bar {
+		.lock	=	SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
+	};
+
+to:
 
+	struct foo bar {
+		.lock	=	__SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED(bar.lock);
+	};
+
+Declaration of static rw_locks undergo a similar transformation.
diff --git a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt
index a452227361b1..5effa5bd993b 100644
--- a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt
+++ b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt
@@ -26,13 +26,33 @@ Procedure for submitting patches to the -stable tree:
 
  - Send the patch, after verifying that it follows the above rules, to
    stable@kernel.org.
+ - To have the patch automatically included in the stable tree, add the
+   the tag
+     Cc: stable@kernel.org
+   in the sign-off area. Once the patch is merged it will be applied to
+   the stable tree without anything else needing to be done by the author
+   or subsystem maintainer.
+ - If the patch requires other patches as prerequisites which can be
+   cherry-picked than this can be specified in the following format in
+   the sign-off area:
+
+     Cc: <stable@kernel.org> # .32.x: a1f84a3: sched: Check for idle
+     Cc: <stable@kernel.org> # .32.x: 1b9508f: sched: Rate-limit newidle
+     Cc: <stable@kernel.org> # .32.x: fd21073: sched: Fix affinity logic
+     Cc: <stable@kernel.org> # .32.x
+    Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
+
+   The tag sequence has the meaning of:
+     git cherry-pick a1f84a3
+     git cherry-pick 1b9508f
+     git cherry-pick fd21073
+     git cherry-pick <this commit>
+
  - The sender will receive an ACK when the patch has been accepted into the
    queue, or a NAK if the patch is rejected.  This response might take a few
    days, according to the developer's schedules.
  - If accepted, the patch will be added to the -stable queue, for review by
    other developers and by the relevant subsystem maintainer.
- - If the stable@kernel.org address is added to a patch, when it goes into
-   Linus's tree it will automatically be emailed to the stable team.
  - Security patches should not be sent to this alias, but instead to the
    documented security@kernel.org address.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
index 8f7a0e73ef44..3894eaa23486 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ Currently, these files might (depending on your configuration)
 show up in /proc/sys/kernel:
 - acpi_video_flags
 - acct
+- bootloader_type	     [ X86 only ]
+- bootloader_version	     [ X86 only ]
 - callhome		     [ S390 only ]
 - auto_msgmni
 - core_pattern
@@ -93,6 +95,35 @@ valid for 30 seconds.
 
 ==============================================================
 
+bootloader_type:
+
+x86 bootloader identification
+
+This gives the bootloader type number as indicated by the bootloader,
+shifted left by 4, and OR'd with the low four bits of the bootloader
+version.  The reason for this encoding is that this used to match the
+type_of_loader field in the kernel header; the encoding is kept for
+backwards compatibility.  That is, if the full bootloader type number
+is 0x15 and the full version number is 0x234, this file will contain
+the value 340 = 0x154.
+
+See the type_of_loader and ext_loader_type fields in
+Documentation/x86/boot.txt for additional information.
+
+==============================================================
+
+bootloader_version:
+
+x86 bootloader version
+
+The complete bootloader version number.  In the example above, this
+file will contain the value 564 = 0x234.
+
+See the type_of_loader and ext_loader_ver fields in
+Documentation/x86/boot.txt for additional information.
+
+==============================================================
+
 callhome:
 
 Controls the kernel's callhome behavior in case of a kernel panic.
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt
index a87dc277a5ca..cb3d15bc1aeb 100644
--- a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt
@@ -206,6 +206,7 @@ passive
 	passive trip point for the zone. Activation is done by polling with
 	an interval of 1 second.
 	Unit: millidegrees Celsius
+	Valid values: 0 (disabled) or greater than 1000
 	RW, Optional
 
 *****************************
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/events-kmem.txt b/Documentation/trace/events-kmem.txt
index 6ef2a8652e17..aa82ee4a5a87 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/events-kmem.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/events-kmem.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 			Subsystem Trace Points: kmem
 
-The tracing system kmem captures events related to object and page allocation
-within the kernel. Broadly speaking there are four major subheadings.
+The kmem tracing system captures events related to object and page allocation
+within the kernel. Broadly speaking there are five major subheadings.
 
   o Slab allocation of small objects of unknown type (kmalloc)
   o Slab allocation of small objects of known type
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ within the kernel. Broadly speaking there are four major subheadings.
   o Per-CPU Allocator Activity
   o External Fragmentation
 
-This document will describe what each of the tracepoints are and why they
+This document describes what each of the tracepoints is and why they
 might be useful.
 
 1. Slab allocation of small objects of unknown type
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ kmem_cache_free		call_site=%lx ptr=%p
 These events are similar in usage to the kmalloc-related events except that
 it is likely easier to pin the event down to a specific cache. At the time
 of writing, no information is available on what slab is being allocated from,
-but the call_site can usually be used to extrapolate that information
+but the call_site can usually be used to extrapolate that information.
 
 3. Page allocation
 ==================
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ event indicating whether it is for a percpu_refill or not.
 When the per-CPU list is too full, a number of pages are freed, each one
 which triggers a mm_page_pcpu_drain event.
 
-The individual nature of the events are so that pages can be tracked
+The individual nature of the events is so that pages can be tracked
 between allocation and freeing. A number of drain or refill pages that occur
-consecutively imply the zone->lock being taken once. Large amounts of PCP
+consecutively imply the zone->lock being taken once. Large amounts of per-CPU
 refills and drains could imply an imbalance between CPUs where too much work
 is being concentrated in one place. It could also indicate that the per-CPU
 lists should be a larger size. Finally, large amounts of refills on one CPU
@@ -102,6 +102,6 @@ is important.
 
 Large numbers of this event implies that memory is fragmenting and
 high-order allocations will start failing at some time in the future. One
-means of reducing the occurange of this event is to increase the size of
+means of reducing the occurrence of this event is to increase the size of
 min_free_kbytes in increments of 3*pageblock_size*nr_online_nodes where
 pageblock_size is usually the size of the default hugepage size.
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
index 641a1ef2a7ff..239f14b2b55a 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
@@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ size of the mcount call that is embedded in the function).
 For example, if the function foo() calls bar(), when the bar() function calls
 mcount(), the arguments mcount() will pass to the tracer are:
 	"frompc" - the address bar() will use to return to foo()
-	"selfpc" - the address bar() (with _mcount() size adjustment)
+	"selfpc" - the address bar() (with mcount() size adjustment)
 
 Also keep in mind that this mcount function will be called *a lot*, so
 optimizing for the default case of no tracer will help the smooth running of
 your system when tracing is disabled.  So the start of the mcount function is
-typically the bare min with checking things before returning.  That also means
-the code flow should usually kept linear (i.e. no branching in the nop case).
-This is of course an optimization and not a hard requirement.
+typically the bare minimum with checking things before returning.  That also
+means the code flow should usually be kept linear (i.e. no branching in the nop
+case).  This is of course an optimization and not a hard requirement.
 
 Here is some pseudo code that should help (these functions should actually be
 implemented in assembly):
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ some functions to save (hijack) and restore the return address.
 
 The mcount function should check the function pointers ftrace_graph_return
 (compare to ftrace_stub) and ftrace_graph_entry (compare to
-ftrace_graph_entry_stub).  If either of those are not set to the relevant stub
+ftrace_graph_entry_stub).  If either of those is not set to the relevant stub
 function, call the arch-specific function ftrace_graph_caller which in turn
 calls the arch-specific function prepare_ftrace_return.  Neither of these
-function names are strictly required, but you should use them anyways to stay
+function names is strictly required, but you should use them anyway to stay
 consistent across the architecture ports -- easier to compare & contrast
 things.
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ but the first argument should be a pointer to the "frompc".  Typically this is
 located on the stack.  This allows the function to hijack the return address
 temporarily to have it point to the arch-specific function return_to_handler.
 That function will simply call the common ftrace_return_to_handler function and
-that will return the original return address with which, you can return to the
+that will return the original return address with which you can return to the
 original call site.
 
 Here is the updated mcount pseudo code:
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/mmiotrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/mmiotrace.txt
index 162effbfbdec..664e7386d89e 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/mmiotrace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/mmiotrace.txt
@@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ Check for lost events.
 Usage
 -----
 
-Make sure debugfs is mounted to /sys/kernel/debug. If not, (requires root privileges)
+Make sure debugfs is mounted to /sys/kernel/debug.
+If not (requires root privileges):
 $ mount -t debugfs debugfs /sys/kernel/debug
 
 Check that the driver you are about to trace is not loaded.
@@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ $ dmesg > dmesg.txt
 $ tar zcf pciid-nick-mmiotrace.tar.gz mydump.txt lspci.txt dmesg.txt
 and then send the .tar.gz file. The trace compresses considerably. Replace
 "pciid" and "nick" with the PCI ID or model name of your piece of hardware
-under investigation and your nick name.
+under investigation and your nickname.
 
 
 How Mmiotrace Works
@@ -100,7 +101,7 @@ How Mmiotrace Works
 Access to hardware IO-memory is gained by mapping addresses from PCI bus by
 calling one of the ioremap_*() functions. Mmiotrace is hooked into the
 __ioremap() function and gets called whenever a mapping is created. Mapping is
-an event that is recorded into the trace log. Note, that ISA range mappings
+an event that is recorded into the trace log. Note that ISA range mappings
 are not caught, since the mapping always exists and is returned directly.
 
 MMIO accesses are recorded via page faults. Just before __ioremap() returns,
@@ -122,11 +123,11 @@ Trace Log Format
 ----------------
 
 The raw log is text and easily filtered with e.g. grep and awk. One record is
-one line in the log. A record starts with a keyword, followed by keyword
-dependant arguments. Arguments are separated by a space, or continue until the
+one line in the log. A record starts with a keyword, followed by keyword-
+dependent arguments. Arguments are separated by a space, or continue until the
 end of line. The format for version 20070824 is as follows:
 
-Explanation	Keyword	Space separated arguments
+Explanation	Keyword	Space-separated arguments
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 read event	R	width, timestamp, map id, physical, value, PC, PID
@@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ iounmap event	UNMAP	timestamp, map id, PC, PID
 marker		MARK	timestamp, text
 version		VERSION	the string "20070824"
 info for reader	LSPCI	one line from lspci -v
-PCI address map	PCIDEV	space separated /proc/bus/pci/devices data
+PCI address map	PCIDEV	space-separated /proc/bus/pci/devices data
 unk. opcode	UNKNOWN	timestamp, map id, physical, data, PC, PID
 
 Timestamp is in seconds with decimals. Physical is a PCI bus address, virtual
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt b/Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt
index 5b1d23d604c5..d299ff31df57 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ head_page - a pointer to the page that the reader will use next
 
 tail_page - a pointer to the page that will be written to next
 
-commit_page - a pointer to the page with the last finished non nested write.
+commit_page - a pointer to the page with the last finished non-nested write.
 
-cmpxchg - hardware assisted atomic transaction that performs the following:
+cmpxchg - hardware-assisted atomic transaction that performs the following:
 
    A = B iff previous A == C
 
@@ -52,15 +52,15 @@ The Generic Ring Buffer
 The ring buffer can be used in either an overwrite mode or in
 producer/consumer mode.
 
-Producer/consumer mode is where the producer were to fill up the
+Producer/consumer mode is where if the producer were to fill up the
 buffer before the consumer could free up anything, the producer
 will stop writing to the buffer. This will lose most recent events.
 
-Overwrite mode is where the produce were to fill up the buffer
+Overwrite mode is where if the producer were to fill up the buffer
 before the consumer could free up anything, the producer will
 overwrite the older data. This will lose the oldest events.
 
-No two writers can write at the same time (on the same per cpu buffer),
+No two writers can write at the same time (on the same per-cpu buffer),
 but a writer may interrupt another writer, but it must finish writing
 before the previous writer may continue. This is very important to the
 algorithm. The writers act like a "stack". The way interrupts works
@@ -79,16 +79,16 @@ the interrupt doing a write as well.
 
 Readers can happen at any time. But no two readers may run at the
 same time, nor can a reader preempt/interrupt another reader. A reader
-can not preempt/interrupt a writer, but it may read/consume from the
+cannot preempt/interrupt a writer, but it may read/consume from the
 buffer at the same time as a writer is writing, but the reader must be
 on another processor to do so. A reader may read on its own processor
 and can be preempted by a writer.
 
-A writer can preempt a reader, but a reader can not preempt a writer.
+A writer can preempt a reader, but a reader cannot preempt a writer.
 But a reader can read the buffer at the same time (on another processor)
 as a writer.
 
-The ring buffer is made up of a list of pages held together by a link list.
+The ring buffer is made up of a list of pages held together by a linked list.
 
 At initialization a reader page is allocated for the reader that is not
 part of the ring buffer.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ the head page.
 
 The reader has its own page to use. At start up time, this page is
 allocated but is not attached to the list. When the reader wants
-to read from the buffer, if its page is empty (like it is on start up)
+to read from the buffer, if its page is empty (like it is on start-up),
 it will swap its page with the head_page. The old reader page will
 become part of the ring buffer and the head_page will be removed.
 The page after the inserted page (old reader_page) will become the
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ The main pointers:
 
   commit page - the page that last finished a write.
 
-The commit page only is updated by the outer most writer in the
+The commit page only is updated by the outermost writer in the
 writer stack. A writer that preempts another writer will not move the
 commit page.
 
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ with the previous write.
 The commit pointer points to the last write location that was
 committed without preempting another write. When a write that
 preempted another write is committed, it only becomes a pending commit
-and will not be a full commit till all writes have been committed.
+and will not be a full commit until all writes have been committed.
 
 The commit page points to the page that has the last full commit.
 The tail page points to the page with the last write (before
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ be several pages ahead. If the tail page catches up to the commit
 page then no more writes may take place (regardless of the mode
 of the ring buffer: overwrite and produce/consumer).
 
-The order of pages are:
+The order of pages is:
 
  head page
  commit page
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Possible scenario:
 There is a special case that the head page is after either the commit page
 and possibly the tail page. That is when the commit (and tail) page has been
 swapped with the reader page. This is because the head page is always
-part of the ring buffer, but the reader page is not. When ever there
+part of the ring buffer, but the reader page is not. Whenever there
 has been less than a full page that has been committed inside the ring buffer,
 and a reader swaps out a page, it will be swapping out the commit page.
 
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ and a reader swaps out a page, it will be swapping out the commit page.
 In this case, the head page will not move when the tail and commit
 move back into the ring buffer.
 
-The reader can not swap a page into the ring buffer if the commit page
+The reader cannot swap a page into the ring buffer if the commit page
 is still on that page. If the read meets the last commit (real commit
 not pending or reserved), then there is nothing more to read.
 The buffer is considered empty until another full commit finishes.
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ The main idea behind the lockless algorithm is to combine the moving
 of the head_page pointer with the swapping of pages with the reader.
 State flags are placed inside the pointer to the page. To do this,
 each page must be aligned in memory by 4 bytes. This will allow the 2
-least significant bits of the address to be used as flags. Since
+least significant bits of the address to be used as flags, since
 they will always be zero for the address. To get the address,
 simply mask out the flags.
 
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ When the reader tries to swap the page with the ring buffer, it
 will also use cmpxchg. If the flag bit in the pointer to the
 head page does not have the HEADER flag set, the compare will fail
 and the reader will need to look for the new head page and try again.
-Note, the flag UPDATE and HEADER are never set at the same time.
+Note, the flags UPDATE and HEADER are never set at the same time.
 
 The reader swaps the reader page as follows:
 
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ updated to the reader page.
     |  +-----------------------------+   |
     +------------------------------------+
 
-Another important point. The page that the reader page points back to
+Another important point: The page that the reader page points back to
 by its previous pointer (the one that now points to the new head page)
 never points back to the reader page. That is because the reader page is
 not part of the ring buffer. Traversing the ring buffer via the next pointers
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ not be able to swap the head page from the buffer, nor will it be able to
 move the head page, until the writer is finished with the move.
 
 This eliminates any races that the reader can have on the writer. The reader
-must spin, and this is why the reader can not preempt the writer.
+must spin, and this is why the reader cannot preempt the writer.
 
             tail page
                |
@@ -659,9 +659,9 @@ before pushing the head page. If it is, then it can be assumed that the
 tail page wrapped the buffer, and we must drop new writes.
 
 This is not a race condition, because the commit page can only be moved
-by the outter most writer (the writer that was preempted).
+by the outermost writer (the writer that was preempted).
 This means that the commit will not move while a writer is moving the
-tail page. The reader can not swap the reader page if it is also being
+tail page. The reader cannot swap the reader page if it is also being
 used as the commit page. The reader can simply check that the commit
 is off the reader page. Once the commit page leaves the reader page
 it will never go back on it unless a reader does another swap with the
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ The write converts the head page pointer to UPDATE.
 --->|   |<---|   |<---|   |<---|   |<---
     +---+    +---+    +---+    +---+
 
-But if a nested writer preempts here. It will see that the next
+But if a nested writer preempts here, it will see that the next
 page is a head page, but it is also nested. It will detect that
 it is nested and will save that information. The detection is the
 fact that it sees the UPDATE flag instead of a HEADER or NORMAL
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ to NORMAL.
 --->|   |<---|   |<---|   |<---|   |<---
     +---+    +---+    +---+    +---+
 
-After the nested writer finishes, the outer most writer will convert
+After the nested writer finishes, the outermost writer will convert
 the UPDATE pointer to NORMAL.
 
 
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ head page.
     +---+    +---+    +---+    +---+
 
 The nested writer moves the tail page forward. But does not set the old
-update page to NORMAL because it is not the outer most writer.
+update page to NORMAL because it is not the outermost writer.
 
                     tail page
                         |
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ It will return to the first writer.
 --->|   |<---|   |<---|   |<---|   |<---
     +---+    +---+    +---+    +---+
 
-The first writer can not know atomically test if the tail page moved
+The first writer cannot know atomically if the tail page moved
 while it updates the HEAD page. It will then update the head page to
 what it thinks is the new head page.
 
@@ -923,9 +923,9 @@ if the tail page is either where it use to be or on the next page:
 --->|   |<---|   |<---|   |<---|   |<---
     +---+    +---+    +---+    +---+
 
-If tail page != A and tail page does not equal B, then it must reset the
-pointer back to NORMAL. The fact that it only needs to worry about
-nested writers, it only needs to check this after setting the HEAD page.
+If tail page != A and tail page != B, then it must reset the pointer
+back to NORMAL. The fact that it only needs to worry about nested
+writers means that it only needs to check this after setting the HEAD page.
 
 
 (first writer)
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ nested writers, it only needs to check this after setting the HEAD page.
     +---+    +---+    +---+    +---+
 
 Now the writer can update the head page. This is also why the head page must
-remain in UPDATE and only reset by the outer most writer. This prevents
+remain in UPDATE and only reset by the outermost writer. This prevents
 the reader from seeing the incorrect head page.
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/tracepoint-analysis.txt b/Documentation/trace/tracepoint-analysis.txt
index 5eb4e487e667..87bee3c129ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/tracepoint-analysis.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/tracepoint-analysis.txt
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ Tracepoints (see Documentation/trace/tracepoints.txt) can be used without
 creating custom kernel modules to register probe functions using the event
 tracing infrastructure.
 
-Simplistically, tracepoints will represent an important event that when can
-be taken in conjunction with other tracepoints to build a "Big Picture" of
+Simplistically, tracepoints represent important events that can be
+taken in conjunction with other tracepoints to build a "Big Picture" of
 what is going on within the system. There are a large number of methods for
 gathering and interpreting these events. Lacking any current Best Practises,
 this document describes some of the methods that can be used.
@@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ calling
 
 will give a fair indication of the number of events available.
 
-2.2 PCL
+2.2 PCL (Performance Counters for Linux)
 -------
 
-Discovery and enumeration of all counters and events, including tracepoints
+Discovery and enumeration of all counters and events, including tracepoints,
 are available with the perf tool. Getting a list of available events is a
-simple case of
+simple case of:
 
   $ perf list 2>&1 | grep Tracepoint
   ext4:ext4_free_inode                     [Tracepoint event]
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ simple case of
   [ .... remaining output snipped .... ]
 
 
-2. Enabling Events
+3. Enabling Events
 ==================
 
-2.1 System-Wide Event Enabling
+3.1 System-Wide Event Enabling
 ------------------------------
 
 See Documentation/trace/events.txt for a proper description on how events
 can be enabled system-wide. A short example of enabling all events related
-to page allocation would look something like
+to page allocation would look something like:
 
   $ for i in `find /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events -name "enable" | grep mm_`; do echo 1 > $i; done
 
-2.2 System-Wide Event Enabling with SystemTap
+3.2 System-Wide Event Enabling with SystemTap
 ---------------------------------------------
 
 In SystemTap, tracepoints are accessible using the kernel.trace() function
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ were allocating the pages.
           print_count()
   }
 
-2.3 System-Wide Event Enabling with PCL
+3.3 System-Wide Event Enabling with PCL
 ---------------------------------------
 
 By specifying the -a switch and analysing sleep, the system-wide events
@@ -107,16 +107,16 @@ for a duration of time can be examined.
 Similarly, one could execute a shell and exit it as desired to get a report
 at that point.
 
-2.4 Local Event Enabling
+3.4 Local Event Enabling
 ------------------------
 
 Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt describes how to enable events on a per-thread
 basis using set_ftrace_pid.
 
-2.5 Local Event Enablement with PCL
+3.5 Local Event Enablement with PCL
 -----------------------------------
 
-Events can be activate and tracked for the duration of a process on a local
+Events can be activated and tracked for the duration of a process on a local
 basis using PCL such as follows.
 
   $ perf stat -e kmem:mm_page_alloc -e kmem:mm_page_free_direct \
@@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ basis using PCL such as follows.
 
     0.973913387  seconds time elapsed
 
-3. Event Filtering
+4. Event Filtering
 ==================
 
 Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt covers in-depth how to filter events in
 ftrace.  Obviously using grep and awk of trace_pipe is an option as well
 as any script reading trace_pipe.
 
-4. Analysing Event Variances with PCL
+5. Analysing Event Variances with PCL
 =====================================
 
 Any workload can exhibit variances between runs and it can be important
-to know what the standard deviation in. By and large, this is left to the
+to know what the standard deviation is. By and large, this is left to the
 performance analyst to do it by hand. In the event that the discrete event
 occurrences are useful to the performance analyst, then perf can be used.
 
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ In the event that some higher-level event is required that depends on some
 aggregation of discrete events, then a script would need to be developed.
 
 Using --repeat, it is also possible to view how events are fluctuating over
-time on a system wide basis using -a and sleep.
+time on a system-wide basis using -a and sleep.
 
   $ perf stat -e kmem:mm_page_alloc -e kmem:mm_page_free_direct \
 		-e kmem:mm_pagevec_free \
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ time on a system wide basis using -a and sleep.
 
     1.002251757  seconds time elapsed   ( +-   0.005% )
 
-5. Higher-Level Analysis with Helper Scripts
+6. Higher-Level Analysis with Helper Scripts
 ============================================
 
 When events are enabled the events that are triggering can be read from
@@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ be gathered on-line as appropriate. Examples of post-processing might include
 
   o Reading information from /proc for the PID that triggered the event
   o Deriving a higher-level event from a series of lower-level events.
-  o Calculate latencies between two events
+  o Calculating latencies between two events
 
 Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-pagealloc-postprocess.pl is an example
 script that can read trace_pipe from STDIN or a copy of a trace. When used
-on-line, it can be interrupted once to generate a report without existing
+on-line, it can be interrupted once to generate a report without exiting
 and twice to exit.
 
 Simplistically, the script just reads STDIN and counts up events but it
@@ -212,12 +212,12 @@ also can do more such as
     processes, the parent process responsible for creating all the helpers
     can be identified
 
-6. Lower-Level Analysis with PCL
+7. Lower-Level Analysis with PCL
 ================================
 
-There may also be a requirement to identify what functions with a program
+There may also be a requirement to identify what functions within a program
 were generating events within the kernel. To begin this sort of analysis, the
-data must be recorded. At the time of writing, this required root
+data must be recorded. At the time of writing, this required root:
 
   $ perf record -c 1 \
 	-e kmem:mm_page_alloc -e kmem:mm_page_free_direct \
@@ -253,11 +253,11 @@ perf report.
   # (For more details, try: perf report --sort comm,dso,symbol)
   #
 
-According to this, the vast majority of events occured triggered on events
-within the VDSO. With simple binaries, this will often be the case so lets
+According to this, the vast majority of events triggered on events
+within the VDSO. With simple binaries, this will often be the case so let's
 take a slightly different example. In the course of writing this, it was
-noticed that X was generating an insane amount of page allocations so lets look
-at it
+noticed that X was generating an insane amount of page allocations so let's look
+at it:
 
   $ perf record -c 1 -f \
 		-e kmem:mm_page_alloc -e kmem:mm_page_free_direct \
@@ -280,8 +280,8 @@ This was interrupted after a few seconds and
   # (For more details, try: perf report --sort comm,dso,symbol)
   #
 
-So, almost half of the events are occuring in a library. To get an idea which
-symbol.
+So, almost half of the events are occurring in a library. To get an idea which
+symbol:
 
   $ perf report --sort comm,dso,symbol
   # Samples: 27666
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ symbol.
        0.01%     Xorg  /opt/gfx-test/lib/libpixman-1.so.0.13.1  [.] get_fast_path
        0.00%     Xorg  [kernel]                                 [k] ftrace_trace_userstack
 
-To see where within the function pixmanFillsse2 things are going wrong
+To see where within the function pixmanFillsse2 things are going wrong:
 
   $ perf annotate pixmanFillsse2
   [ ... ]
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt b/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt
index c7c1dc2f8017..3bf6818c8cf5 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt
@@ -71,12 +71,10 @@ being accessed through sysfs, then it definitely is idle.
 	Forms of dynamic PM
 	-------------------
 
-Dynamic suspends can occur in two ways: manual and automatic.
-"Manual" means that the user has told the kernel to suspend a device,
-whereas "automatic" means that the kernel has decided all by itself to
-suspend a device.  Automatic suspend is called "autosuspend" for
-short.  In general, a device won't be autosuspended unless it has been
-idle for some minimum period of time, the so-called idle-delay time.
+Dynamic suspends occur when the kernel decides to suspend an idle
+device.  This is called "autosuspend" for short.  In general, a device
+won't be autosuspended unless it has been idle for some minimum period
+of time, the so-called idle-delay time.
 
 Of course, nothing the kernel does on its own initiative should
 prevent the computer or its devices from working properly.  If a
@@ -96,10 +94,11 @@ idle.
 We can categorize power management events in two broad classes:
 external and internal.  External events are those triggered by some
 agent outside the USB stack: system suspend/resume (triggered by
-userspace), manual dynamic suspend/resume (also triggered by
-userspace), and remote wakeup (triggered by the device).  Internal
-events are those triggered within the USB stack: autosuspend and
-autoresume.
+userspace), manual dynamic resume (also triggered by userspace), and
+remote wakeup (triggered by the device).  Internal events are those
+triggered within the USB stack: autosuspend and autoresume.  Note that
+all dynamic suspend events are internal; external agents are not
+allowed to issue dynamic suspends.
 
 
 	The user interface for dynamic PM
@@ -145,9 +144,9 @@ relevant attribute files are: wakeup, level, and autosuspend.
 		number of seconds the device should remain idle before
 		the kernel will autosuspend it (the idle-delay time).
 		The default is 2.  0 means to autosuspend as soon as
-		the device becomes idle, and -1 means never to
-		autosuspend.  You can write a number to the file to
-		change the autosuspend idle-delay time.
+		the device becomes idle, and negative values mean
+		never to autosuspend.  You can write a number to the
+		file to change the autosuspend idle-delay time.
 
 Writing "-1" to power/autosuspend and writing "on" to power/level do
 essentially the same thing -- they both prevent the device from being
@@ -377,9 +376,9 @@ the device hasn't been idle for long enough, a delayed workqueue
 routine is automatically set up to carry out the operation when the
 autosuspend idle-delay has expired.
 
-Autoresume attempts also can fail.  This will happen if power/level is
-set to "suspend" or if the device doesn't manage to resume properly.
-Unlike autosuspend, there's no delay for an autoresume.
+Autoresume attempts also can fail, although failure would mean that
+the device is no longer present or operating properly.  Unlike
+autosuspend, there's no delay for an autoresume.
 
 
 	Other parts of the driver interface
@@ -527,13 +526,3 @@ succeed, it may still remain active and thus cause the system to
 resume as soon as the system suspend is complete.  Or the remote
 wakeup may fail and get lost.  Which outcome occurs depends on timing
 and on the hardware and firmware design.
-
-More interestingly, a device might undergo a manual resume or
-autoresume during system suspend.  With current kernels this shouldn't
-happen, because manual resumes must be initiated by userspace and
-autoresumes happen in response to I/O requests, but all user processes
-and I/O should be quiescent during a system suspend -- thanks to the
-freezer.  However there are plans to do away with the freezer, which
-would mean these things would become possible.  If and when this comes
-about, the USB core will carefully arrange matters so that either type
-of resume will block until the entire system has resumed.
diff --git a/Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt b/Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt
index 987f9b0a5ece..43a9b0694fdd 100644
--- a/Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ I.2 libpciaccess
 ----------------
 
 To use the vga arbiter char device it was implemented an API inside the
-libpciaccess library. One fieldd was added to struct pci_device (each device
+libpciaccess library. One field was added to struct pci_device (each device
 on the system):
 
     /* the type of resource decoded by the device */
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
index 319d9838e87e..1800a62cf135 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ m5602		0402:5602	ALi Video Camera Controller
 spca501		040a:0002	Kodak DVC-325
 spca500		040a:0300	Kodak EZ200
 zc3xx		041e:041e	Creative WebCam Live!
+ov519		041e:4003	Video Blaster WebCam Go Plus
 spca500		041e:400a	Creative PC-CAM 300
 sunplus		041e:400b	Creative PC-CAM 600
 sunplus		041e:4012	PC-Cam350
@@ -168,10 +169,14 @@ sunplus		055f:c650	Mustek MDC5500Z
 zc3xx		055f:d003	Mustek WCam300A
 zc3xx		055f:d004	Mustek WCam300 AN
 conex		0572:0041	Creative Notebook cx11646
+ov519		05a9:0511	Video Blaster WebCam 3/WebCam Plus, D-Link USB Digital Video Camera
+ov519		05a9:0518	Creative WebCam
 ov519		05a9:0519	OV519 Microphone
 ov519		05a9:0530	OmniVision
+ov519		05a9:2800	OmniVision SuperCAM
 ov519		05a9:4519	Webcam Classic
 ov519		05a9:8519	OmniVision
+ov519		05a9:a511	D-Link USB Digital Video Camera
 ov519		05a9:a518	D-Link DSB-C310 Webcam
 sunplus		05da:1018	Digital Dream Enigma 1.3
 stk014		05e1:0893	Syntek DV4000
@@ -187,7 +192,7 @@ ov534		06f8:3002	Hercules Blog Webcam
 ov534		06f8:3003	Hercules Dualpix HD Weblog
 sonixj		06f8:3004	Hercules Classic Silver
 sonixj		06f8:3008	Hercules Deluxe Optical Glass
-pac7311		06f8:3009	Hercules Classic Link
+pac7302		06f8:3009	Hercules Classic Link
 spca508		0733:0110	ViewQuest VQ110
 spca501		0733:0401	Intel Create and Share
 spca501		0733:0402	ViewQuest M318B
@@ -199,6 +204,7 @@ sunplus		0733:2221	Mercury Digital Pro 3.1p
 sunplus		0733:3261	Concord 3045 spca536a
 sunplus		0733:3281	Cyberpix S550V
 spca506		0734:043b	3DeMon USB Capture aka
+ov519		0813:0002	Dual Mode USB Camera Plus
 spca500		084d:0003	D-Link DSC-350
 spca500		08ca:0103	Aiptek PocketDV
 sunplus		08ca:0104	Aiptek PocketDVII 1.3
@@ -236,15 +242,15 @@ pac7311		093a:2603	Philips SPC 500 NC
 pac7311		093a:2608	Trust WB-3300p
 pac7311		093a:260e	Gigaware VGA PC Camera, Trust WB-3350p, SIGMA cam 2350
 pac7311		093a:260f	SnakeCam
-pac7311		093a:2620	Apollo AC-905
-pac7311		093a:2621	PAC731x
-pac7311		093a:2622	Genius Eye 312
-pac7311		093a:2624	PAC7302
-pac7311		093a:2626	Labtec 2200
-pac7311		093a:2628	Genius iLook 300
-pac7311		093a:2629	Genious iSlim 300
-pac7311		093a:262a	Webcam 300k
-pac7311		093a:262c	Philips SPC 230 NC
+pac7302		093a:2620	Apollo AC-905
+pac7302		093a:2621	PAC731x
+pac7302		093a:2622	Genius Eye 312
+pac7302		093a:2624	PAC7302
+pac7302		093a:2626	Labtec 2200
+pac7302		093a:2628	Genius iLook 300
+pac7302		093a:2629	Genious iSlim 300
+pac7302		093a:262a	Webcam 300k
+pac7302		093a:262c	Philips SPC 230 NC
 jeilinj		0979:0280	Sakar 57379
 zc3xx		0ac8:0302	Z-star Vimicro zc0302
 vc032x		0ac8:0321	Vimicro generic vc0321
@@ -259,6 +265,7 @@ vc032x		0ac8:c002	Sony embedded vimicro
 vc032x		0ac8:c301	Samsung Q1 Ultra Premium
 spca508		0af9:0010	Hama USB Sightcam 100
 spca508		0af9:0011	Hama USB Sightcam 100
+ov519		0b62:0059	iBOT2 Webcam
 sonixb		0c45:6001	Genius VideoCAM NB
 sonixb		0c45:6005	Microdia Sweex Mini Webcam
 sonixb		0c45:6007	Sonix sn9c101 + Tas5110D
@@ -318,8 +325,10 @@ sn9c20x		0c45:62b3	PC Camera (SN9C202 + OV9655)
 sn9c20x		0c45:62bb	PC Camera (SN9C202 + OV7660)
 sn9c20x		0c45:62bc	PC Camera (SN9C202 + HV7131R)
 sunplus		0d64:0303	Sunplus FashionCam DXG
+ov519		0e96:c001	TRUST 380 USB2 SPACEC@M
 etoms		102c:6151	Qcam Sangha CIF
 etoms		102c:6251	Qcam xxxxxx VGA
+ov519		1046:9967	W9967CF/W9968CF WebCam IC, Video Blaster WebCam Go
 zc3xx		10fd:0128	Typhoon Webshot II USB 300k 0x0128
 spca561		10fd:7e50	FlyCam Usb 100
 zc3xx		10fd:8050	Typhoon Webshot II USB 300k
@@ -332,7 +341,12 @@ spca501		1776:501c	Arowana 300K CMOS Camera
 t613		17a1:0128	TASCORP JPEG Webcam, NGS Cyclops
 vc032x		17ef:4802	Lenovo Vc0323+MI1310_SOC
 pac207		2001:f115	D-Link DSB-C120
+sq905c		2770:9050	sq905c
+sq905c		2770:905c	DualCamera
+sq905		2770:9120	Argus Digital Camera DC1512
+sq905c		2770:913d	sq905c
 spca500		2899:012c	Toptro Industrial
+ov519		8020:ef04	ov519
 spca508		8086:0110	Intel Easy PC Camera
 spca500		8086:0630	Intel Pocket PC Camera
 spca506		99fa:8988	Grandtec V.cap
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/sh_mobile_ceu_camera.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/sh_mobile_ceu_camera.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2ae16349a78d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/sh_mobile_ceu_camera.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+	Cropping and Scaling algorithm, used in the sh_mobile_ceu_camera driver
+	=======================================================================
+
+Terminology
+-----------
+
+sensor scales: horizontal and vertical scales, configured by the sensor driver
+host scales: -"- host driver
+combined scales: sensor_scale * host_scale
+
+
+Generic scaling / cropping scheme
+---------------------------------
+
+-1--
+|
+-2-- -\
+|      --\
+|         --\
++-5-- -\     -- -3--
+|       ---\
+|           --- -4-- -\
+|                      -\
+|                        - -6--
+|
+|                        - -6'-
+|                      -/
+|           --- -4'- -/
+|       ---/
++-5'- -/
+|            -- -3'-
+|         --/
+|      --/
+-2'- -/
+|
+|
+-1'-
+
+Produced by user requests:
+
+S_CROP(left / top = (5) - (1), width / height = (5') - (5))
+S_FMT(width / height = (6') - (6))
+
+Here:
+
+(1) to (1') - whole max width or height
+(1) to (2)  - sensor cropped left or top
+(2) to (2') - sensor cropped width or height
+(3) to (3') - sensor scale
+(3) to (4)  - CEU cropped left or top
+(4) to (4') - CEU cropped width or height
+(5) to (5') - reverse sensor scale applied to CEU cropped width or height
+(2) to (5)  - reverse sensor scale applied to CEU cropped left or top
+(6) to (6') - CEU scale - user window
+
+
+S_FMT
+-----
+
+Do not touch input rectangle - it is already optimal.
+
+1. Calculate current sensor scales:
+
+	scale_s = ((3') - (3)) / ((2') - (2))
+
+2. Calculate "effective" input crop (sensor subwindow) - CEU crop scaled back at
+current sensor scales onto input window - this is user S_CROP:
+
+	width_u = (5') - (5) = ((4') - (4)) * scale_s
+
+3. Calculate new combined scales from "effective" input window to requested user
+window:
+
+	scale_comb = width_u / ((6') - (6))
+
+4. Calculate sensor output window by applying combined scales to real input
+window:
+
+	width_s_out = ((2') - (2)) / scale_comb
+
+5. Apply iterative sensor S_FMT for sensor output window.
+
+	subdev->video_ops->s_fmt(.width = width_s_out)
+
+6. Retrieve sensor output window (g_fmt)
+
+7. Calculate new sensor scales:
+
+	scale_s_new = ((3')_new - (3)_new) / ((2') - (2))
+
+8. Calculate new CEU crop - apply sensor scales to previously calculated
+"effective" crop:
+
+	width_ceu = (4')_new - (4)_new = width_u / scale_s_new
+	left_ceu = (4)_new - (3)_new = ((5) - (2)) / scale_s_new
+
+9. Use CEU cropping to crop to the new window:
+
+	ceu_crop(.width = width_ceu, .left = left_ceu)
+
+10. Use CEU scaling to scale to the requested user window:
+
+	scale_ceu = width_ceu / width
+
+
+S_CROP
+------
+
+If old scale applied to new crop is invalid produce nearest new scale possible
+
+1. Calculate current combined scales.
+
+	scale_comb = (((4') - (4)) / ((6') - (6))) * (((2') - (2)) / ((3') - (3)))
+
+2. Apply iterative sensor S_CROP for new input window.
+
+3. If old combined scales applied to new crop produce an impossible user window,
+adjust scales to produce nearest possible window.
+
+	width_u_out = ((5') - (5)) / scale_comb
+
+	if (width_u_out > max)
+		scale_comb = ((5') - (5)) / max;
+	else if (width_u_out < min)
+		scale_comb = ((5') - (5)) / min;
+
+4. Issue G_CROP to retrieve actual input window.
+
+5. Using actual input window and calculated combined scales calculate sensor
+target output window.
+
+	width_s_out = ((3') - (3)) = ((2') - (2)) / scale_comb
+
+6. Apply iterative S_FMT for new sensor target output window.
+
+7. Issue G_FMT to retrieve the actual sensor output window.
+
+8. Calculate sensor scales.
+
+	scale_s = ((3') - (3)) / ((2') - (2))
+
+9. Calculate sensor output subwindow to be cropped on CEU by applying sensor
+scales to the requested window.
+
+	width_ceu = ((5') - (5)) / scale_s
+
+10. Use CEU cropping for above calculated window.
+
+11. Calculate CEU scales from sensor scales from results of (10) and user window
+from (3)
+
+	scale_ceu = calc_scale(((5') - (5)), &width_u_out)
+
+12. Apply CEU scales.
+
+--
+Author: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
index b806edaf3e75..74d677c8b036 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
@@ -561,6 +561,8 @@ video_device helper functions
 
 There are a few useful helper functions:
 
+- file/video_device private data
+
 You can set/get driver private data in the video_device struct using:
 
 void *video_get_drvdata(struct video_device *vdev);
@@ -575,8 +577,7 @@ struct video_device *video_devdata(struct file *file);
 
 returns the video_device belonging to the file struct.
 
-The final helper function combines video_get_drvdata with
-video_devdata:
+The video_drvdata function combines video_get_drvdata with video_devdata:
 
 void *video_drvdata(struct file *file);
 
@@ -584,6 +585,17 @@ You can go from a video_device struct to the v4l2_device struct using:
 
 struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev = vdev->v4l2_dev;
 
+- Device node name
+
+The video_device node kernel name can be retrieved using
+
+const char *video_device_node_name(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+The name is used as a hint by userspace tools such as udev. The function
+should be used where possible instead of accessing the video_device::num and
+video_device::minor fields.
+
+
 video buffer helper functions
 -----------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt b/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
index 82a7bd1800b2..bc31636973e3 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
@@ -11,23 +11,21 @@ This optimization is more critical now as bigger and bigger physical memories
 (several GBs) are more readily available.
 
 Users can use the huge page support in Linux kernel by either using the mmap
-system call or standard SYSv shared memory system calls (shmget, shmat).
+system call or standard SYSV shared memory system calls (shmget, shmat).
 
 First the Linux kernel needs to be built with the CONFIG_HUGETLBFS
 (present under "File systems") and CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE (selected
 automatically when CONFIG_HUGETLBFS is selected) configuration
 options.
 
-The kernel built with huge page support should show the number of configured
-huge pages in the system by running the "cat /proc/meminfo" command.
+The /proc/meminfo file provides information about the total number of
+persistent hugetlb pages in the kernel's huge page pool.  It also displays
+information about the number of free, reserved and surplus huge pages and the
+default huge page size.  The huge page size is needed for generating the
+proper alignment and size of the arguments to system calls that map huge page
+regions.
 
-/proc/meminfo also provides information about the total number of hugetlb
-pages configured in the kernel.  It also displays information about the
-number of free hugetlb pages at any time.  It also displays information about
-the configured huge page size - this is needed for generating the proper
-alignment and size of the arguments to the above system calls.
-
-The output of "cat /proc/meminfo" will have lines like:
+The output of "cat /proc/meminfo" will include lines like:
 
 .....
 HugePages_Total: vvv
@@ -53,59 +51,63 @@ HugePages_Surp  is short for "surplus," and is the number of huge pages in
 /proc/filesystems should also show a filesystem of type "hugetlbfs" configured
 in the kernel.
 
-/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages indicates the current number of configured hugetlb
-pages in the kernel.  Super user can dynamically request more (or free some
-pre-configured) huge pages.
-The allocation (or deallocation) of hugetlb pages is possible only if there are
-enough physically contiguous free pages in system (freeing of huge pages is
-possible only if there are enough hugetlb pages free that can be transferred
-back to regular memory pool).
+/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages indicates the current number of "persistent" huge
+pages in the kernel's huge page pool.  "Persistent" huge pages will be
+returned to the huge page pool when freed by a task.  A user with root
+privileges can dynamically allocate more or free some persistent huge pages
+by increasing or decreasing the value of 'nr_hugepages'.
 
-Pages that are used as hugetlb pages are reserved inside the kernel and cannot
-be used for other purposes.
+Pages that are used as huge pages are reserved inside the kernel and cannot
+be used for other purposes.  Huge pages cannot be swapped out under
+memory pressure.
 
-Once the kernel with Hugetlb page support is built and running, a user can
-use either the mmap system call or shared memory system calls to start using
-the huge pages.  It is required that the system administrator preallocate
-enough memory for huge page purposes.
+Once a number of huge pages have been pre-allocated to the kernel huge page
+pool, a user with appropriate privilege can use either the mmap system call
+or shared memory system calls to use the huge pages.  See the discussion of
+Using Huge Pages, below.
 
-The administrator can preallocate huge pages on the kernel boot command line by
-specifying the "hugepages=N" parameter, where 'N' = the number of huge pages
-requested.  This is the most reliable method for preallocating huge pages as
-memory has not yet become fragmented.
+The administrator can allocate persistent huge pages on the kernel boot
+command line by specifying the "hugepages=N" parameter, where 'N' = the
+number of huge pages requested.  This is the most reliable method of
+allocating huge pages as memory has not yet become fragmented.
 
-Some platforms support multiple huge page sizes.  To preallocate huge pages
+Some platforms support multiple huge page sizes.  To allocate huge pages
 of a specific size, one must preceed the huge pages boot command parameters
 with a huge page size selection parameter "hugepagesz=<size>".  <size> must
 be specified in bytes with optional scale suffix [kKmMgG].  The default huge
 page size may be selected with the "default_hugepagesz=<size>" boot parameter.
 
-/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages indicates the current number of configured [default
-size] hugetlb pages in the kernel.  Super user can dynamically request more
-(or free some pre-configured) huge pages.
-
-Use the following command to dynamically allocate/deallocate default sized
-huge pages:
+When multiple huge page sizes are supported, /proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages
+indicates the current number of pre-allocated huge pages of the default size.
+Thus, one can use the following command to dynamically allocate/deallocate
+default sized persistent huge pages:
 
 	echo 20 > /proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages
 
-This command will try to configure 20 default sized huge pages in the system.
+This command will try to adjust the number of default sized huge pages in the
+huge page pool to 20, allocating or freeing huge pages, as required.
+
 On a NUMA platform, the kernel will attempt to distribute the huge page pool
-over the all on-line nodes.  These huge pages, allocated when nr_hugepages
-is increased, are called "persistent huge pages".
+over all the set of allowed nodes specified by the NUMA memory policy of the
+task that modifies nr_hugepages.  The default for the allowed nodes--when the
+task has default memory policy--is all on-line nodes with memory.  Allowed
+nodes with insufficient available, contiguous memory for a huge page will be
+silently skipped when allocating persistent huge pages.  See the discussion
+below of the interaction of task memory policy, cpusets and per node attributes
+with the allocation and freeing of persistent huge pages.
 
 The success or failure of huge page allocation depends on the amount of
-physically contiguous memory that is preset in system at the time of the
+physically contiguous memory that is present in system at the time of the
 allocation attempt.  If the kernel is unable to allocate huge pages from
 some nodes in a NUMA system, it will attempt to make up the difference by
 allocating extra pages on other nodes with sufficient available contiguous
 memory, if any.
 
-System administrators may want to put this command in one of the local rc init
-files.  This will enable the kernel to request huge pages early in the boot
-process when the possibility of getting physical contiguous pages is still
-very high.  Administrators can verify the number of huge pages actually
-allocated by checking the sysctl or meminfo.  To check the per node
+System administrators may want to put this command in one of the local rc
+init files.  This will enable the kernel to allocate huge pages early in
+the boot process when the possibility of getting physical contiguous pages
+is still very high.  Administrators can verify the number of huge pages
+actually allocated by checking the sysctl or meminfo.  To check the per node
 distribution of huge pages in a NUMA system, use:
 
 	cat /sys/devices/system/node/node*/meminfo | fgrep Huge
@@ -113,45 +115,47 @@ distribution of huge pages in a NUMA system, use:
 /proc/sys/vm/nr_overcommit_hugepages specifies how large the pool of
 huge pages can grow, if more huge pages than /proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages are
 requested by applications.  Writing any non-zero value into this file
-indicates that the hugetlb subsystem is allowed to try to obtain "surplus"
-huge pages from the buddy allocator, when the normal pool is exhausted. As
-these surplus huge pages go out of use, they are freed back to the buddy
-allocator.
+indicates that the hugetlb subsystem is allowed to try to obtain that
+number of "surplus" huge pages from the kernel's normal page pool, when the
+persistent huge page pool is exhausted. As these surplus huge pages become
+unused, they are freed back to the kernel's normal page pool.
 
-When increasing the huge page pool size via nr_hugepages, any surplus
+When increasing the huge page pool size via nr_hugepages, any existing surplus
 pages will first be promoted to persistent huge pages.  Then, additional
 huge pages will be allocated, if necessary and if possible, to fulfill
-the new huge page pool size.
+the new persistent huge page pool size.
 
-The administrator may shrink the pool of preallocated huge pages for
+The administrator may shrink the pool of persistent huge pages for
 the default huge page size by setting the nr_hugepages sysctl to a
 smaller value.  The kernel will attempt to balance the freeing of huge pages
-across all on-line nodes.  Any free huge pages on the selected nodes will
-be freed back to the buddy allocator.
-
-Caveat: Shrinking the pool via nr_hugepages such that it becomes less
-than the number of huge pages in use will convert the balance to surplus
-huge pages even if it would exceed the overcommit value.  As long as
-this condition holds, however, no more surplus huge pages will be
-allowed on the system until one of the two sysctls are increased
-sufficiently, or the surplus huge pages go out of use and are freed.
+across all nodes in the memory policy of the task modifying nr_hugepages.
+Any free huge pages on the selected nodes will be freed back to the kernel's
+normal page pool.
+
+Caveat: Shrinking the persistent huge page pool via nr_hugepages such that
+it becomes less than the number of huge pages in use will convert the balance
+of the in-use huge pages to surplus huge pages.  This will occur even if
+the number of surplus pages it would exceed the overcommit value.  As long as
+this condition holds--that is, until nr_hugepages+nr_overcommit_hugepages is
+increased sufficiently, or the surplus huge pages go out of use and are freed--
+no more surplus huge pages will be allowed to be allocated.
 
 With support for multiple huge page pools at run-time available, much of
-the huge page userspace interface has been duplicated in sysfs. The above
-information applies to the default huge page size which will be
-controlled by the /proc interfaces for backwards compatibility. The root
-huge page control directory in sysfs is:
+the huge page userspace interface in /proc/sys/vm has been duplicated in sysfs.
+The /proc interfaces discussed above have been retained for backwards
+compatibility. The root huge page control directory in sysfs is:
 
 	/sys/kernel/mm/hugepages
 
 For each huge page size supported by the running kernel, a subdirectory
-will exist, of the form
+will exist, of the form:
 
 	hugepages-${size}kB
 
 Inside each of these directories, the same set of files will exist:
 
 	nr_hugepages
+	nr_hugepages_mempolicy
 	nr_overcommit_hugepages
 	free_hugepages
 	resv_hugepages
@@ -159,6 +163,102 @@ Inside each of these directories, the same set of files will exist:
 
 which function as described above for the default huge page-sized case.
 
+
+Interaction of Task Memory Policy with Huge Page Allocation/Freeing
+
+Whether huge pages are allocated and freed via the /proc interface or
+the /sysfs interface using the nr_hugepages_mempolicy attribute, the NUMA
+nodes from which huge pages are allocated or freed are controlled by the
+NUMA memory policy of the task that modifies the nr_hugepages_mempolicy
+sysctl or attribute.  When the nr_hugepages attribute is used, mempolicy
+is ignored.
+
+The recommended method to allocate or free huge pages to/from the kernel
+huge page pool, using the nr_hugepages example above, is:
+
+    numactl --interleave <node-list> echo 20 \
+				>/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages_mempolicy
+
+or, more succinctly:
+
+    numactl -m <node-list> echo 20 >/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages_mempolicy
+
+This will allocate or free abs(20 - nr_hugepages) to or from the nodes
+specified in <node-list>, depending on whether number of persistent huge pages
+is initially less than or greater than 20, respectively.  No huge pages will be
+allocated nor freed on any node not included in the specified <node-list>.
+
+When adjusting the persistent hugepage count via nr_hugepages_mempolicy, any
+memory policy mode--bind, preferred, local or interleave--may be used.  The
+resulting effect on persistent huge page allocation is as follows:
+
+1) Regardless of mempolicy mode [see Documentation/vm/numa_memory_policy.txt],
+   persistent huge pages will be distributed across the node or nodes
+   specified in the mempolicy as if "interleave" had been specified.
+   However, if a node in the policy does not contain sufficient contiguous
+   memory for a huge page, the allocation will not "fallback" to the nearest
+   neighbor node with sufficient contiguous memory.  To do this would cause
+   undesirable imbalance in the distribution of the huge page pool, or
+   possibly, allocation of persistent huge pages on nodes not allowed by
+   the task's memory policy.
+
+2) One or more nodes may be specified with the bind or interleave policy.
+   If more than one node is specified with the preferred policy, only the
+   lowest numeric id will be used.  Local policy will select the node where
+   the task is running at the time the nodes_allowed mask is constructed.
+   For local policy to be deterministic, the task must be bound to a cpu or
+   cpus in a single node.  Otherwise, the task could be migrated to some
+   other node at any time after launch and the resulting node will be
+   indeterminate.  Thus, local policy is not very useful for this purpose.
+   Any of the other mempolicy modes may be used to specify a single node.
+
+3) The nodes allowed mask will be derived from any non-default task mempolicy,
+   whether this policy was set explicitly by the task itself or one of its
+   ancestors, such as numactl.  This means that if the task is invoked from a
+   shell with non-default policy, that policy will be used.  One can specify a
+   node list of "all" with numactl --interleave or --membind [-m] to achieve
+   interleaving over all nodes in the system or cpuset.
+
+4) Any task mempolicy specifed--e.g., using numactl--will be constrained by
+   the resource limits of any cpuset in which the task runs.  Thus, there will
+   be no way for a task with non-default policy running in a cpuset with a
+   subset of the system nodes to allocate huge pages outside the cpuset
+   without first moving to a cpuset that contains all of the desired nodes.
+
+5) Boot-time huge page allocation attempts to distribute the requested number
+   of huge pages over all on-lines nodes with memory.
+
+Per Node Hugepages Attributes
+
+A subset of the contents of the root huge page control directory in sysfs,
+described above, will be replicated under each the system device of each
+NUMA node with memory in:
+
+	/sys/devices/system/node/node[0-9]*/hugepages/
+
+Under this directory, the subdirectory for each supported huge page size
+contains the following attribute files:
+
+	nr_hugepages
+	free_hugepages
+	surplus_hugepages
+
+The free_' and surplus_' attribute files are read-only.  They return the number
+of free and surplus [overcommitted] huge pages, respectively, on the parent
+node.
+
+The nr_hugepages attribute returns the total number of huge pages on the
+specified node.  When this attribute is written, the number of persistent huge
+pages on the parent node will be adjusted to the specified value, if sufficient
+resources exist, regardless of the task's mempolicy or cpuset constraints.
+
+Note that the number of overcommit and reserve pages remain global quantities,
+as we don't know until fault time, when the faulting task's mempolicy is
+applied, from which node the huge page allocation will be attempted.
+
+
+Using Huge Pages
+
 If the user applications are going to request huge pages using mmap system
 call, then it is required that system administrator mount a file system of
 type hugetlbfs:
@@ -206,9 +306,11 @@ map_hugetlb.c.
  * requesting huge pages.
  *
  * For the ia64 architecture, the Linux kernel reserves Region number 4 for
- * huge pages.  That means the addresses starting with 0x800000... will need
- * to be specified.  Specifying a fixed address is not required on ppc64,
- * i386 or x86_64.
+ * huge pages.  That means that if one requires a fixed address, a huge page
+ * aligned address starting with 0x800000... will be required.  If a fixed
+ * address is not required, the kernel will select an address in the proper
+ * range.
+ * Other architectures, such as ppc64, i386 or x86_64 are not so constrained.
  *
  * Note: The default shared memory limit is quite low on many kernels,
  * you may need to increase it via:
@@ -237,14 +339,8 @@ map_hugetlb.c.
 
 #define dprintf(x)  printf(x)
 
-/* Only ia64 requires this */
-#ifdef __ia64__
-#define ADDR (void *)(0x8000000000000000UL)
-#define SHMAT_FLAGS (SHM_RND)
-#else
-#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL)
+#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL)	/* let kernel choose address */
 #define SHMAT_FLAGS (0)
-#endif
 
 int main(void)
 {
@@ -302,10 +398,12 @@ int main(void)
  * example, the app is requesting memory of size 256MB that is backed by
  * huge pages.
  *
- * For ia64 architecture, Linux kernel reserves Region number 4 for huge pages.
- * That means the addresses starting with 0x800000... will need to be
- * specified.  Specifying a fixed address is not required on ppc64, i386
- * or x86_64.
+ * For the ia64 architecture, the Linux kernel reserves Region number 4 for
+ * huge pages.  That means that if one requires a fixed address, a huge page
+ * aligned address starting with 0x800000... will be required.  If a fixed
+ * address is not required, the kernel will select an address in the proper
+ * range.
+ * Other architectures, such as ppc64, i386 or x86_64 are not so constrained.
  */
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -317,14 +415,8 @@ int main(void)
 #define LENGTH (256UL*1024*1024)
 #define PROTECTION (PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE)
 
-/* Only ia64 requires this */
-#ifdef __ia64__
-#define ADDR (void *)(0x8000000000000000UL)
-#define FLAGS (MAP_SHARED | MAP_FIXED)
-#else
-#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL)
+#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL)	/* let kernel choose address */
 #define FLAGS (MAP_SHARED)
-#endif
 
 void check_bytes(char *addr)
 {
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/hwpoison.txt b/Documentation/vm/hwpoison.txt
index 3ffadf8da61f..12f9ba20ccb7 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/hwpoison.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/hwpoison.txt
@@ -92,16 +92,62 @@ PR_MCE_KILL_GET
 
 Testing:
 
-madvise(MADV_POISON, ....)
+madvise(MADV_HWPOISON, ....)
 	(as root)
 	Poison a page in the process for testing
 
 
 hwpoison-inject module through debugfs
-	/sys/debug/hwpoison/corrupt-pfn
 
-Inject hwpoison fault at PFN echoed into this file
+/sys/debug/hwpoison/
 
+corrupt-pfn
+
+Inject hwpoison fault at PFN echoed into this file. This does
+some early filtering to avoid corrupted unintended pages in test suites.
+
+unpoison-pfn
+
+Software-unpoison page at PFN echoed into this file. This
+way a page can be reused again.
+This only works for Linux injected failures, not for real
+memory failures.
+
+Note these injection interfaces are not stable and might change between
+kernel versions
+
+corrupt-filter-dev-major
+corrupt-filter-dev-minor
+
+Only handle memory failures to pages associated with the file system defined
+by block device major/minor.  -1U is the wildcard value.
+This should be only used for testing with artificial injection.
+
+corrupt-filter-memcg
+
+Limit injection to pages owned by memgroup. Specified by inode number
+of the memcg.
+
+Example:
+        mkdir /cgroup/hwpoison
+
+        usemem -m 100 -s 1000 &
+        echo `jobs -p` > /cgroup/hwpoison/tasks
+
+        memcg_ino=$(ls -id /cgroup/hwpoison | cut -f1 -d' ')
+        echo $memcg_ino > /debug/hwpoison/corrupt-filter-memcg
+
+        page-types -p `pidof init`   --hwpoison  # shall do nothing
+        page-types -p `pidof usemem` --hwpoison  # poison its pages
+
+corrupt-filter-flags-mask
+corrupt-filter-flags-value
+
+When specified, only poison pages if ((page_flags & mask) == value).
+This allows stress testing of many kinds of pages. The page_flags
+are the same as in /proc/kpageflags. The flag bits are defined in
+include/linux/kernel-page-flags.h and documented in
+Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt
 
 Architecture specific MCE injector
 
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/ksm.txt b/Documentation/vm/ksm.txt
index 262d8e6793a3..b392e496f816 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/ksm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/ksm.txt
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ by sharing the data common between them.  But it can be useful to any
 application which generates many instances of the same data.
 
 KSM only merges anonymous (private) pages, never pagecache (file) pages.
-KSM's merged pages are at present locked into kernel memory for as long
-as they are shared: so cannot be swapped out like the user pages they
-replace (but swapping KSM pages should follow soon in a later release).
+KSM's merged pages were originally locked into kernel memory, but can now
+be swapped out just like other user pages (but sharing is broken when they
+are swapped back in: ksmd must rediscover their identity and merge again).
 
 KSM only operates on those areas of address space which an application
 has advised to be likely candidates for merging, by using the madvise(2)
@@ -44,20 +44,12 @@ includes unmapped gaps (though working on the intervening mapped areas),
 and might fail with EAGAIN if not enough memory for internal structures.
 
 Applications should be considerate in their use of MADV_MERGEABLE,
-restricting its use to areas likely to benefit.  KSM's scans may use
-a lot of processing power, and its kernel-resident pages are a limited
-resource.  Some installations will disable KSM for these reasons.
+restricting its use to areas likely to benefit.  KSM's scans may use a lot
+of processing power: some installations will disable KSM for that reason.
 
 The KSM daemon is controlled by sysfs files in /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/,
 readable by all but writable only by root:
 
-max_kernel_pages - set to maximum number of kernel pages that KSM may use
-                   e.g. "echo 100000 > /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/max_kernel_pages"
-                   Value 0 imposes no limit on the kernel pages KSM may use;
-                   but note that any process using MADV_MERGEABLE can cause
-                   KSM to allocate these pages, unswappable until it exits.
-                   Default: quarter of memory (chosen to not pin too much)
-
 pages_to_scan    - how many present pages to scan before ksmd goes to sleep
                    e.g. "echo 100 > /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan"
                    Default: 100 (chosen for demonstration purposes)
@@ -75,7 +67,7 @@ run              - set 0 to stop ksmd from running but keep merged pages,
 
 The effectiveness of KSM and MADV_MERGEABLE is shown in /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/:
 
-pages_shared     - how many shared unswappable kernel pages KSM is using
+pages_shared     - how many shared pages are being used
 pages_sharing    - how many more sites are sharing them i.e. how much saved
 pages_unshared   - how many pages unique but repeatedly checked for merging
 pages_volatile   - how many pages changing too fast to be placed in a tree
@@ -87,4 +79,4 @@ pages_volatile embraces several different kinds of activity, but a high
 proportion there would also indicate poor use of madvise MADV_MERGEABLE.
 
 Izik Eidus,
-Hugh Dickins, 24 Sept 2009
+Hugh Dickins, 17 Nov 2009
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/page-types.c b/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
index ea44ea502da1..66e9358e2144 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
+++ b/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
@@ -1,11 +1,22 @@
 /*
  * page-types: Tool for querying page flags
  *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+ * Software Foundation; version 2.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+ * more details.
+ *
+ * You should find a copy of v2 of the GNU General Public License somewhere on
+ * your Linux system; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59
+ * Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA.
+ *
  * Copyright (C) 2009 Intel corporation
  *
  * Authors: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
- *
- * Released under the General Public License (GPL).
  */
 
 #define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
@@ -100,7 +111,7 @@
 #define BIT(name)		(1ULL << KPF_##name)
 #define BITS_COMPOUND		(BIT(COMPOUND_HEAD) | BIT(COMPOUND_TAIL))
 
-static char *page_flag_names[] = {
+static const char *page_flag_names[] = {
 	[KPF_LOCKED]		= "L:locked",
 	[KPF_ERROR]		= "E:error",
 	[KPF_REFERENCED]	= "R:referenced",
@@ -173,7 +184,7 @@ static int		kpageflags_fd;
 static int		opt_hwpoison;
 static int		opt_unpoison;
 
-static char		*hwpoison_debug_fs = "/debug/hwpoison";
+static const char	hwpoison_debug_fs[] = "/debug/hwpoison";
 static int		hwpoison_inject_fd;
 static int		hwpoison_forget_fd;
 
@@ -560,7 +571,7 @@ static void walk_pfn(unsigned long voffset,
 {
 	uint64_t buf[KPAGEFLAGS_BATCH];
 	unsigned long batch;
-	unsigned long pages;
+	long pages;
 	unsigned long i;
 
 	while (count) {
@@ -673,30 +684,35 @@ static void usage(void)
 
 	printf(
 "page-types [options]\n"
-"            -r|--raw                  Raw mode, for kernel developers\n"
-"            -a|--addr    addr-spec    Walk a range of pages\n"
-"            -b|--bits    bits-spec    Walk pages with specified bits\n"
-"            -p|--pid     pid          Walk process address space\n"
+"            -r|--raw                   Raw mode, for kernel developers\n"
+"            -d|--describe flags        Describe flags\n"
+"            -a|--addr    addr-spec     Walk a range of pages\n"
+"            -b|--bits    bits-spec     Walk pages with specified bits\n"
+"            -p|--pid     pid           Walk process address space\n"
 #if 0 /* planned features */
-"            -f|--file    filename     Walk file address space\n"
+"            -f|--file    filename      Walk file address space\n"
 #endif
-"            -l|--list                 Show page details in ranges\n"
-"            -L|--list-each            Show page details one by one\n"
-"            -N|--no-summary           Don't show summay info\n"
-"            -X|--hwpoison             hwpoison pages\n"
-"            -x|--unpoison             unpoison pages\n"
-"            -h|--help                 Show this usage message\n"
+"            -l|--list                  Show page details in ranges\n"
+"            -L|--list-each             Show page details one by one\n"
+"            -N|--no-summary            Don't show summay info\n"
+"            -X|--hwpoison              hwpoison pages\n"
+"            -x|--unpoison              unpoison pages\n"
+"            -h|--help                  Show this usage message\n"
+"flags:\n"
+"            0x10                       bitfield format, e.g.\n"
+"            anon                       bit-name, e.g.\n"
+"            0x10,anon                  comma-separated list, e.g.\n"
 "addr-spec:\n"
-"            N                         one page at offset N (unit: pages)\n"
-"            N+M                       pages range from N to N+M-1\n"
-"            N,M                       pages range from N to M-1\n"
-"            N,                        pages range from N to end\n"
-"            ,M                        pages range from 0 to M-1\n"
+"            N                          one page at offset N (unit: pages)\n"
+"            N+M                        pages range from N to N+M-1\n"
+"            N,M                        pages range from N to M-1\n"
+"            N,                         pages range from N to end\n"
+"            ,M                         pages range from 0 to M-1\n"
 "bits-spec:\n"
-"            bit1,bit2                 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) != 0\n"
-"            bit1,bit2=bit1            (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1\n"
-"            bit1,~bit2                (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1\n"
-"            =bit1,bit2                flags == (bit1|bit2)\n"
+"            bit1,bit2                  (flags & (bit1|bit2)) != 0\n"
+"            bit1,bit2=bit1             (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1\n"
+"            bit1,~bit2                 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1\n"
+"            =bit1,bit2                 flags == (bit1|bit2)\n"
 "bit-names:\n"
 	);
 
@@ -884,13 +900,23 @@ static void parse_bits_mask(const char *optarg)
 	add_bits_filter(mask, bits);
 }
 
+static void describe_flags(const char *optarg)
+{
+	uint64_t flags = parse_flag_names(optarg, 0);
+
+	printf("0x%016llx\t%s\t%s\n",
+		(unsigned long long)flags,
+		page_flag_name(flags),
+		page_flag_longname(flags));
+}
 
-static struct option opts[] = {
+static const struct option opts[] = {
 	{ "raw"       , 0, NULL, 'r' },
 	{ "pid"       , 1, NULL, 'p' },
 	{ "file"      , 1, NULL, 'f' },
 	{ "addr"      , 1, NULL, 'a' },
 	{ "bits"      , 1, NULL, 'b' },
+	{ "describe"  , 1, NULL, 'd' },
 	{ "list"      , 0, NULL, 'l' },
 	{ "list-each" , 0, NULL, 'L' },
 	{ "no-summary", 0, NULL, 'N' },
@@ -907,7 +933,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	page_size = getpagesize();
 
 	while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv,
-				"rp:f:a:b:lLNXxh", opts, NULL)) != -1) {
+				"rp:f:a:b:d:lLNXxh", opts, NULL)) != -1) {
 		switch (c) {
 		case 'r':
 			opt_raw = 1;
@@ -924,6 +950,9 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		case 'b':
 			parse_bits_mask(optarg);
 			break;
+		case 'd':
+			describe_flags(optarg);
+			exit(0);
 		case 'l':
 			opt_list = 1;
 			break;